STAFF LEASING INC
10-K, 1998-03-31
HELP SUPPLY SERVICES
Previous: VISTA MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIES INC, 10-K405, 1998-03-31
Next: PEOPLES BANCORP INC /DE/, 10-K, 1998-03-31



<PAGE>   1
 
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
 
<TABLE>
<C>               <S>
   (MARK ONE)
      [X]         ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                  THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997.
                                               OR
      [  ]        TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                  THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
                  FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM ____________ TO ____________
                                  COMMISSION FILE NO. 0-28148
</TABLE>
 
                              STAFF LEASING, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
                       FLORIDA                                              65-0735612
           (State or other jurisdiction of                               (I.R.S. Employer
           incorporation or organization)                               Identification No.)
            600 301 BLVD. WEST, SUITE 202
                    BRADENTON, FL                                              34205
      (Address of principal executive offices)                              (Zip Code)
</TABLE>
 
      (Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code): (941) 748-4540
 
        Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE
 
          Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
                    COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE
                                (Title of class)
 
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X]     No [ ]
 
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]
 
     The aggregate market value of the voting stock of Staff Leasing, Inc. held
by non-affiliates (based upon the March 20, 1998 $26.375 closing sale price for
the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market)was approximately $292.9 million.
 
     Number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of common
stock, as of March 20, 1998: 23,515,358 shares.
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
     PART III -- Portions of Registrant's Proxy Statement relating to the annual
meeting of shareholders to be held May 26, 1998, are incorporated by reference
in Part III.
 
================================================================================
<PAGE>   2
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
<S>         <C>                                                           <C>
                                    PART I
                                                                              
Item 1.     BUSINESS....................................................    1 
                                                                              
Item 2.     PROPERTIES..................................................   13 
                                                                              
Item 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...........................................   13 
                                                                              
Item 4.     SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY-HOLDERS.........   13 
                                                                              
                                   PART II                                    
                                                                              
Item 5.     MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED                 
              STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.......................................   14 
                                                                              
Item 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.....................................   14 
                                                                              
Item 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION       
              AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.................................   16 
                                                                              
Item 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.................   24 
                                                                              
Item 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING    
              AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE..................................   24 
                                                                              
                                   PART III                                   
                                                                              
Item 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT..........   25 
                                                                              
Item 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION......................................   25 
                                                                              
Item 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND            
              MANAGEMENT................................................   25 
                                                                              
Item 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS..............   25 
 
                                   PART IV
                                                                           
Item 14.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM
              8-K.......................................................   26
</TABLE>
 
                                        i
<PAGE>   3
 
                                     PART I
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
     In connection with the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "Reform Act"), Staff Leasing, Inc. (the
"Company") is hereby providing cautionary statements identifying important
factors that could cause the Company's actual results to differ materially from
those projected in forward-looking statements (as such term is defined in the
Reform Act) made by or on behalf of the Company herein or orally, whether in
presentations, in response to questions or otherwise. Any statements that
express, or involve discussions as to, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives,
assumptions or future events or performance (often, but not always, through the
use of words or phrases such as "will result," "are expected to," "will
continue," "estimated," and "projection") are not historical facts and may be
forward-looking and, accordingly, such forward-looking statements involve known
and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual
results or performance of the Company to be materially different from any future
results or performance expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
Such known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors include, but are
not limited to, the following: (i) the potential for additional subsidies for
health benefit plans; (ii) volatility in workers' compensation rates and
unemployment taxes; (iii) possible adverse application of certain federal and
state laws and the possible enactment of unfavorable laws or regulation; (iv)
impact of competition from existing and new professional employer organizations;
(v) risks associated with expansion into additional states where the Company
does not have a presence or significant market penetration; (vi) risks
associated with the Company's dependence on key vendors; (vii) the possibility
for client attrition; (viii) risks associated with geographic market
concentration and concentration of clients in the construction industry; (ix)
the financial condition of clients; (x) the failure to properly manage growth
and successfully integrate acquired companies and operations; and (xi) other
factors which are described in further detail in the Company's filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
     The Company cautions that the factors described above could cause actual
results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in any
forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company. Any
forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is
made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking
statement or statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on
which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated
events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for
management to predict all of such factors. Further, management cannot assess the
impact of each such factor on the business or the extent to which any factor, or
combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those
contained in any forward-looking statements.
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     Staff Leasing is the largest professional employer organization ("PEO") in
the United States. As of December 31, 1997, the Company served over 9,200
clients with approximately 108,000 worksite employees, primarily in Florida,
Texas, Georgia, Arizona and Minnesota. Through its operating subsidiaries, Staff
Leasing provides its clients with a broad range of services, including payroll
administration, risk management, benefits administration, unemployment services,
and human resource consulting services. The Company's clients are typically
small to medium-sized businesses with between five and 100 employees.
 
     Staff Leasing's services are designed to improve the productivity and
profitability of its clients' businesses by:
 
     - Allowing managers of these businesses to focus on revenue-producing
      activities by relieving them of the time-consuming burdens associated with
      employee administration;
 
     - Helping these businesses to better manage certain employment-related
      risks, including those associated with workers' compensation and state
      unemployment taxes;
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   4
 
     - Improving the cash management of these businesses with respect to
      payroll-related expenses; and
 
     - Enabling these businesses to attract and retain employees by providing
      health and retirement benefits to worksite employees on a cost-effective
      and convenient basis.
 
     In providing these services, Staff Leasing becomes a co-employer of the
worksite employees. Employment-related liabilities are contractually allocated
between the Company and the client. The Company assumes responsibility for and
manages the risks associated with: (i) worksite employee payroll; (ii) workers'
compensation insurance coverage; and (iii) compliance with certain
employment-related governmental regulations that can be effectively managed away
from the client's business. The client retains the worksite employees' services
in its business and remains responsible for compliance with other
employment-related governmental regulations that are more closely related to
worksite employee supervision. Staff Leasing charges its clients a service fee
to cover the cost of certain employment-related taxes, workers' compensation
insurance coverage and administrative and field services. This service fee is
invoiced together with the salaries and wages of the worksite employees and the
client's portion of health and retirement benefit plan costs.
 
     References in this report to the "Company" or "Staff Leasing" include Staff
Leasing, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The Company was originally
organized in 1993. From November 5, 1993 to July 1, 1997, the Company was a
limited partnership (the "Partnership"), which was formed to acquire the assets
of a PEO business that had operated since 1984. Staff Leasing, Inc. was formed
in 1997 to acquire all of the limited partnership interests in the Partnership
held by various investors, including certain executive officers, directors, and
employees of the Company, pursuant to the reorganization (the "Reorganization")
described below. In the Reorganization, which was concluded in July 1997
simultaneously with the Company's initial public offering, Staff Leasing, Inc.
acquired all of the limited partnership interests in the Partnership, becoming
the sole limited partner and in effect incorporating the business of the
Company. As part of the Reorganization, Charles S. Craig, Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and owner of all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of Staff Acquisition, Inc., the general partner of the
Partnership, granted the Company an option to exchange the stock of Staff
Acquisition, Inc. for 417,900 shares of the Company's common stock. On September
30, 1997, the Company exercised this option and completed the exchange.
 
PEO INDUSTRY
 
     The PEO industry began to evolve in the early 1980s, largely in response to
the difficulties faced by small to medium-sized businesses in procuring workers'
compensation insurance coverage on a cost-effective basis and in operating in an
increasingly complex legal and regulatory environment. While various service
providers, such as payroll processing firms, benefits and safety consultants and
temporary staffing firms, were available to assist these businesses with
specific tasks, PEOs began to emerge as providers of a more comprehensive
outsourcing solution to these burdens.
 
     Growth in the PEO industry has been significant. According to the National
Association of Professional Employer Organizations ("NAPEO"), the number of
employees under PEO arrangements in the United States has grown from
approximately 10,000 in 1984 to between 2 million and 3 million in 1997.
Staffing Industry Analysts, Inc., an employment industry research firm,
estimates that gross revenues in the PEO industry grew from $5.0 billion in 1991
to $21.6 billion in 1997, representing a compounded annual growth rate of
approximately 28%.
 
     Staff Leasing believes that the key factors driving demand for PEO services
include:
 
     - The increasing complexity of employment-related governmental regulations
      and the related costs of compliance;
 
     - The size and growth of the small to medium-sized business community in
      the United States;
 
     - The increasing acceptance in the small to medium-sized business community
      of outsourcing of non-core functions;
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   5
 
     - The need to manage cash expenditures associated with payroll and
      payroll-related expenses, including workers' compensation insurance; and
 
     - The need to provide health and retirement benefits on a cost-effective
      and convenient basis.
 
     Another contributor to the recent growth of the PEO industry has been the
increasing recognition and acceptance by regulatory authorities of PEOs and the
co-employer relationship created by PEOs, with the development of licensing or
registration requirements at the state level. Staff Leasing and other industry
leaders, in concert with NAPEO, have worked with the relevant government
entities for the establishment of a regulatory framework that would clarify the
roles and obligations of the PEO and the client in the "co-employer"
relationship. This framework imposes financial responsibility on the PEO and its
controlling persons in order to promote the increased acceptance and further
development of the industry. See "Industry Regulation -- State Regulation."
 
     While many states do not explicitly regulate PEOs, 18 states (including
Florida, Texas and Minnesota) have enacted legislation containing licensing or
registration requirements and, currently, several states are considering such
regulation. Such laws vary from state to state but generally provide for
monitoring the fiscal responsibility of PEOs.
 
CLIENT SERVICES
 
     The Company provides a broad range of services to its clients, including
payroll administration, risk management, benefits administration, unemployment
services and human resource consulting services. These services are offered by
the Company to its clients on a bundled basis, except for health and retirement
benefits, which are optional for worksite employees. Staff Leasing provides
these services to its clients through the following core activities:
 
          Payroll Administration.  As a co-employer, the Company is responsible
     for payroll administration, which includes recordkeeping, making payroll
     tax deposits, reporting payroll taxes and related matters. The Company's
     call center in Bradenton, Florida is staffed by approximately 148 client
     service representatives and supervisors that are organized into teams. Each
     team is assigned to serve clients in sales branch offices in defined
     specific geographic areas. These representatives receive payroll and
     employee-related information by telephone, interactive voice response,
     facsimile transmission and via the Internet from clients, and input this
     data for processing. The call center generally handles more than 30,000
     phone calls per week. In 1997, the Company processed approximately 3.6
     million payroll checks and at the end of January 1998 sent out
     approximately 230,000 W-2s. The Company expects to add additional call
     center personnel during 1998 to facilitate service to new clients and
     worksite employees.
 
          Risk Management.  As part of its risk management services, the Company
     conducts on-site safety inspections for its clients with high-risk profiles
     to identify potential safety hazards and to meet with clients to review
     their loss history, determine loss exposure, evaluate current controls and
     recommend additional control options to reduce exposure to loss or worker
     injury. These safety consultants continue to monitor worksite safety
     concerns, as needed. The safety consultants are also trained to ensure the
     proper workers' compensation classification of worksite employees. These
     risk management services are designed to reduce workers' compensation
     claims and to reduce other costs arising from workplace injury, such as
     costs of employee turnover, employee retraining and recruiting and reduced
     employee morale. As of December 31, 1997, the Company employed 30 risk
     consultants.
 
          Liberty Mutual Insurance Company ("Liberty Mutual"), the Company's
     workers compensation insurance carrier, has established a 52-person
     dedicated claims center which allows a client to report a worksite injury
     through a toll free number, and eliminates the paperwork burden otherwise
     associated with claims reporting. This prompt reporting allows the
     immediate commencement of Liberty Mutual's claims management process,
     further reducing the cost of the claim. The claims management process
     conducted at this facility fully integrates managed care and return-to-work
     activities with the claims adjustment process. See "-- Vendor
     Relationships."
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   6
 
          Benefits Administration.  The Company offers to its clients and
     worksite employees optional health and dental insurance, life insurance,
     accidental death and dismemberment insurance and long-term disability
     insurance. In addition, the clients and worksite employees are offered a
     cafeteria plan which includes a flexible spending account allowing for
     payment of certain health and dependent care coverages with pre-tax payroll
     dollars.
 
          The Company also offers retirement benefits under a multiple employer
     401(k) retirement plan for worksite employees, including owners of clients.
     In addition to the 401(k) retirement plan, the Company also provides
     numerous benefits-related human resource services to its clients. These
     services for both health and retirement benefit plans include client
     support for issues related to pre- and post-tax payroll deductions, plan
     eligibility, Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
     (the "Code"), and Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA")
     requirements, Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987
     ("COBRA") administration for health benefit plans and investment fund
     information for retirement benefit plans.
 
          Unemployment Services.  The Company's unemployment services department
     is responsible for processing all unemployment claims related to worksite
     employees. Claims which are determined by the Company to be unwarranted are
     protested by the Company under the appropriate regulatory procedures. The
     Company also offers employment placement services to unemployed worksite
     employees and attempts to place employees who request such services either
     with other clients or other businesses.
 
          Human Resource Consulting Services.  The Company provides certain
     consulting services to assist its clients in the human resource area,
     including advice concerning appropriate employment-related policies and
     procedures, such as policies related to vacation, termination, harassment,
     discrimination, overtime and dress codes. These services are provided by a
     dedicated team of human resource professionals. The Company provides
     employment application forms and employee handbooks, which may be
     customized to suit client needs. The Company conducts seminars for its
     clients and worksite employees concerning human resource issues, such as
     interviewing techniques, diversity awareness and sexual harassment
     training. These services primarily appeal to the Company's larger clients
     and to those clients in white collar industries.
 
CLIENTS
 
     Overview.  As of December 31, 1997, Staff Leasing's customer base consisted
of over 9,200 client companies with an average of 11.7 employees. As of December
31, 1997, the Company had clients classified in approximately 643 Standard
Industrial Classification ("SIC") codes. Staff Leasing's approximate client
distribution, based on 1997 revenues, by major SIC code industry grouping was as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PERCENT OF
                                                                              TOTAL
                          CATEGORY                             REVENUES      REVENUES
                          --------                            ----------    ----------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Construction................................................  $  517,721       28.0%
Services(1).................................................     480,799       26.0
Manufacturing...............................................     212,492       11.5
Retail Trade................................................     148,740        8.0
Restaurants.................................................     142,121        7.7
Wholesale Trade.............................................      95,390        5.1
Agriculture(2)..............................................      94,639        5.1
Transportation..............................................      75,910        4.1
Finance/Insurance/Real Estate...............................      60,272        3.3
Other.......................................................      23,164        1.2
                                                              ----------      -----
          Total.............................................  $1,851,248      100.0%
                                                              ==========      =====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Services consist principally of clients in the following: business services,
    automotive repair, health services, personal services (e.g., laundry and dry
    cleaning, beauty and barber shops), hotel and lodging services, engineering,
    accounting and management services, recreational services, social services
    and miscellaneous repair services.
                                        4
<PAGE>   7
 
(2) Agriculture consists primarily of landscaping and nursery services.
 
     Client Selection and Retention Strategy.  As part of its client selection
strategy, the Company offers its services to businesses falling within specified
SIC codes and eliminates certain industries with respect to which it cannot, at
present, effectively manage the risk of employee injury (such as migratory
labor, asbestos removal, logging and oil and gas exploration). All prospective
clients are also evaluated individually on the basis of total profitability,
including workers' compensation risk and claims history, unemployment history
and credit status. With respect to potential clients operating in certain
industries believed by the Company to present a level of risk exceeding industry
norms, more rigorous approval requirements must be met before the Company enters
into a Client Leasing Agreement. This process may include an on-site inspection
and review of workers' compensation and unemployment claims experience for the
last three years. In addition, under the terms of the Company's agreement with
Liberty Mutual, potential clients in certain industries or with historically
high workers' compensation insurance claims experience must also be approved by
Liberty Mutual before a Client Leasing Agreement is executed.
 
     The Company's sales force sells to all businesses within its established
workers' compensation risk parameters and receives additional incentives with
respect to those businesses that fall within the Company's construction and
blue-collar service target markets. Outside of the areas of workers'
compensation and group health risk, the Company does not have rigid criteria
regarding client selection. The Company takes into account factors such as the
size of the client by employee count and payroll volume and the length of time
the client has been in business when determining a service fee. The method of
payment is affected by the client's credit history. The Company's client base
contains significant segments of businesses with fewer than five employees,
start-up businesses and small construction businesses that tend to be more
unstable and more likely to fail than larger businesses with long operating
histories in less cyclical industries.
 
     The Company believes that the retention rate of its client base is directly
affected by the natural instability in the small to medium-sized business market
that it serves. According to the U.S. Small Business Administration, the annual
failure rate for all businesses is 14%. The NAPEO standard for measuring client
retention (the "Client Retention Rate") is computed by dividing the number of
clients at the end of the period by the sum of the number of clients at the
beginning of the period plus the number of clients added during the period. The
Company's Client Retention Rate increased to 78% in 1997, up from 74% in 1996.
In 1995, the Company's Client Retention Rate was 81% and thus the Company
believes it has the opportunity to increase its Client Retention Rate.
Approximately 44% of the clients that ceased to use the Company's services in
1997 were terminated at the Company's option for reasons that include
unacceptable risk, administrative non-compliance and low profitability. An
additional 31% ceased to use the Company's services for reasons relating to
their business being closed or sold. The Company believes that it has the
opportunity to increase the level of retention for the remaining 25% of those
clients that stopped using the Company's services for other reasons. The Company
has taken actions intended to increase client retention, such as elevating
levels of client service in the payroll and benefits areas, improving
communication to clients at risk of cancellation, increasing its efforts to
retain profitable clients that have indicated they may terminate their
relationship with the Company and to recapture profitable clients that no longer
use the Company's services.
 
     Client Leasing Agreement.  All clients enter into Staff Leasing's Client
Leasing Agreement. The Client Leasing Agreement provides for an initial one-year
term, subject to termination by the Company or the client at any time upon 30
days' prior written notice. After the initial term the contract may be renewed,
terminated or continued on a month-to-month basis. In most cases, such contracts
are continued on a month-to-month basis. The Company requires the owners of
substantially all of its clients to personally guarantee the clients'
obligations under the Client Leasing Agreement.
 
     The service fee charged by the Company is invoiced along with each periodic
payroll delivered to the client. The service fee covers the cost of certain
employment-related taxes, workers' compensation insurance coverage and
administrative and field services provided by Staff Leasing to the client,
including payroll administration, recordkeeping and safety, human resource and
regulatory compliance consultation. The client's portion of health and
retirement benefit plan costs is invoiced separately and is not included in the
service fee. The component of the service fee related to administration varies
according to the size of the client, the amount and frequency of payroll
payments and the method of delivery of such payments. The component of the
service fee related to workers' compensation and unemployment insurance is
based, in part, on the client's historical claims experience.
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   8
 
     The Company sends worksite employees an employee enrollment package which
describes the "at-will" employment relationship of the worksite employees with
Staff Leasing. If the Client Leasing Agreement with any client is terminated,
the worksite employees of such client are dismissed from employment by Staff
Leasing. The worksite employees are informed that if the client fails to pay
Staff Leasing for the worksite employees' services, Staff Leasing will only be
responsible for the applicable minimum wage (and, if applicable, the legally
required overtime pay) for such worksite employees for work performed until such
worksite employees receive notice of termination.
 
     Employment-related liabilities are allocated between the Company and the
client pursuant to the Client Leasing Agreement, with the Company assuming
responsibility for worksite employee payroll and for compliance with certain
employment-related governmental regulations that can be effectively managed away
from the client's premises. The client remains responsible for compliance with
other employment-related governmental regulations that are more closely related
to the daily supervision of worksite employees. Certain responsibilities and
liabilities are shared by Staff Leasing and the client where such joint
responsibility is appropriate. The following table summarizes the division of
applicable responsibilities for regulatory compliance under the Client Leasing
Agreement:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                STAFF LEASING
                -------------
<S>  <C>
- -    All rules and regulations governing
     the reporting, collection and
     payment of and state payroll taxes
     on including, but not limited to:
     (i) Federal income tax with-
     holding provisions of the Code;
     (ii) state and/or local income tax
     withholding provisions; (iii) FICA;
     (iv) FUTA; and (v) applicable state
     unemployment tax provisions, wages,
     including managing claims
- -    Applicable workers' compensation
     laws including, but not limited to:
     (i) procuring workers' compensation
     insurance and completing and filing
     required reports; and (ii)
     administering, managing and
     otherwise processing claims and
     related procedures
- -    Fair Labor Standards Act ("FLSA")*
- -    COBRA
- -    Section 1324(b) of the Immigration
     Reform and Control Act (employment
     eligibility verification)
- -    Laws governing the garnishment of
     wages, including the Consumer
     Credit Protection Act, Title III
- -    All rules and regulations governing
     administration, procurement and
     payment of all employee benefit
     plans elected client or worksite
     employee
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   CLIENT
                   ------
<S>  <C>
- -    Occupational Safety and Health Act
     ("OSHA") and related or similar
     Federal Federal, state or local
     regulations
- -    Government contracting requirements
     as regulated by, including, but not
     limited to: (i) Executive Order
     11246; (ii) Vocational
     Rehabilitation Act of 1973; (iii)
     Vietnam Era Veterans' Read-
     justment Assistance Act of 1974;
     (iv) Walsh-Healy Public Contracts
     Act; (v) Davis-Bacon Act; (vi) the
     Service Contract Act of 1965; and
     (vii) any and all similar, related,
     or like Federal, state or local
     laws, regulations, ordinances and
     statutes
- -    Professional licensing and
     liability
- -    Fidelity bonding requirements
- -    Code Sections 414(m), (n) & (o)
     relating to client maintained
     benefit plans
- -    Worker Adjustment and Retraining
     Notification Act
- -    Laws affecting the assignment and
     ownership of intellectual property
     rights including, but not limited
     to, inventions, whether patentable
     or not and patents resulting
     therefrom, copyrights and trade
     secrets
- -    Laws affecting the maintenance,
     storage and disposal of hazardous
     materials
- -    FLSA*, Title VII (Civil Rights Act
     of 1964), the Americans with
     Disabilities Act, the Age
     Discrimination in Employment Act
     (including provisions thereunder
     relating to client's premises)
- -    All other Federal, state, county,
     or local laws, regulations,
     ordinances and statutes which
     govern the employer/employee
     relationship
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
* Shared responsibility
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   9
 
     Clients are required to pay amounts owed to the Company by check or bank
wire or, in some cases, by certified or official bank check, which is delivered
to the Company upon delivery of the payroll checks to the client. Although the
Company is ultimately liable as a co-employer to pay worksite employees at the
applicable minimum wage and overtime rates for work performed, it retains the
ability to terminate immediately the Client Leasing Agreement as well as its
employment relationship with the worksite employees upon non-payment by a
client. The Company manages its exposure for payment of such amounts through
this right to terminate, the periodic nature of payroll, client credit checks,
owner guarantees and the Company's client selection process.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     The Company markets its services through a direct sales force of
approximately 200 sales employees, as of December 31, 1997. The Company uses a
direct sales force that it controls, rather than selling through agents, because
this allows the Company to more closely monitor and manage employer-related
liabilities assumed with each sale. The Company's sales force is located
throughout its 37 branch offices, with four to twelve sales persons in each
branch office. The Company plans to continue adding sales offices, including
smaller "spoke" offices that rely on a "hub" office for administrative and
management support. These "spoke" offices will typically be staffed with three
to five sales persons. The Company currently has three "spoke" offices operating
in conjunction with larger "hub" offices.
 
     The Company seeks to hire sales persons who have five years or more work
experience with two years or more sales experience in other business-to-business
sales positions. The Company provides at least one month of training for each
new sales person in the field, followed by a one week formal training program to
familiarize new sales persons with the Company's services, policies and
procedures. The Company requires sales persons to undergo training when new
services are offered by the Company. The Company's sales persons are compensated
by a combination of salary and commissions which, for top producers, exceeds
$125,000 in annual compensation.
 
     Staff Leasing generates sales leads from various sources, primarily
referrals from existing clients, which accounted for approximately 57% of the
Company's new clients during 1997, and other sources such as direct sales
efforts and inquiries. Each sales person is required to visit his or her clients
periodically in order to maintain an ongoing relationship and to benefit from
referrals. The Company has focused its sales efforts on client referrals and has
introduced a new client incentive program to encourage increased referral
activity from its clients. The Company also generates sales leads through
contacts produced by its telesales group, which makes calls to potential clients
identified from industry data, purchased lists and other sources.
 
VENDOR RELATIONSHIPS
 
     Staff Leasing provides benefits to its worksite employees under
arrangements with a number of vendors. The Company's most significant vendor
relationships are as follows:
 
          Workers' Compensation.  The Company's workers' compensation coverage
     is provided by Liberty Mutual, which is the largest workers' compensation
     insurance carrier in the United States. This program was initiated in March
     1994, and renegotiated effective January 1, 1997, to, among other things,
     reduce rates charged to the Company. The policy provides coverage through
     December 31, 1999. Staff Leasing is now Liberty Mutual's third largest
     client for workers' compensation insurance in terms of premiums.
 
          The Company's arrangement with Liberty Mutual has always provided
     coverage on a guaranteed cost basis. Amounts due to Liberty Mutual under
     this arrangement are a fixed percentage of the Company's workers'
     compensation payroll and are paid on a monthly basis. The Company has no
     liability in excess of such amounts paid. Payouts on workers' compensation
     claims can extend for years. With the Liberty Mutual arrangement, the
     Company's earnings are more predictable, since changes in the frequency of
     claims do not affect current income and changes in the ultimate severity of
     incurred claims do not affect future income. Giving effect to two rate
     reductions effective January 1 and October 1, 1997, the rate of payment
     decreased 27.4% for 1997 compared to 1996, even though the mix of clients
     and
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   10
 
     worksite employees by industry classification has remained relatively
     constant. See "-- Client Services -- Risk Management."
 
          Liberty Mutual has established a 52-person dedicated claims unit
     adjacent to the Company's corporate headquarters to manage the Company's
     workers' compensation claims exclusively. The Company, Liberty Mutual and
     their consultant, J&H Marsh & McLennan, worked as a team to design and
     implement the claims management process conducted at this facility, which
     fully integrates managed care and return-to-work activities with the claims
     adjustment process. Working together, Liberty Mutual and the Company are
     able to provide more cost efficient claims administration and processing
     and increased client service, resulting in a reduction in workers'
     compensation claims experience, which the Company believes should have a
     favorable impact on future rates. Approximately 1,000 new claims per month
     are currently managed at this facility.
 
          Health Insurance.  The Company's group health benefit plans are
     provided by Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Florida, Blue Cross/Blue Shield of
     Texas, Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Georgia, HealthPartners of Arizona, Inc.,
     and HealthPartners, Inc. under separate contracts in Florida, Texas,
     Georgia, Arizona, and Minnesota, respectively. Premiums paid by worksite
     employees, and the portion of premiums, if any, paid by the client, varies
     depending on the coverage options selected and the place of residence of
     the worksite employee. The Company's policy with Blue Cross/Blue Shield of
     Florida is a three-year minimum premium arrangement through December 31,
     1999. The administrative costs associated with this policy are fixed for
     the three-year term and stop loss coverage per covered employee for 1997
     and 1998 is provided at the level of 115% of projected claims. Stop loss
     coverage per covered employee for 1999 will be established based on claims
     experience in 1998. Plans offered in Texas, Georgia, Arizona, and Minnesota
     provide the Company with guaranteed cost contracts, with the Company's
     liability capped annually at fixed amounts.
 
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
 
     The Company has invested and is continuing to invest significant capital
and resources in the development and enhancement of its information systems.
From 1995 through 1997, the Company invested approximately $20.5 million in its
technology infrastructure, including computer hardware and software and
telephony. This investment was made to better serve its increasing client base,
to maintain a high level of customer service at increasing volumes and to
increase operating leverage in its processing operations.
 
     These systems provide the Company with the capability to promptly and
accurately deliver payroll and related services and generate in-depth management
reports. The Company's information systems manage all data relating to worksite
employee enrollment, payroll processing, benefits administration, management
information and other requirements of the Company's operations. The current
systems have high volume payroll processing capabilities which allow the Company
to produce and deliver weekly payrolls to its clients, each customized to the
needs of such clients. Currently, the Company processes approximately 80,000
payroll checks per week.
 
     The Company is currently converting its payroll processing operations to an
ORACLE(R) Human Resource and Payroll application. The Company believes this
application is one of the leading payroll applications currently in use. The
Company is implementing the new software in a phased approach, to assure a
smooth transition. Payrolls for approximately 15,500 worksite employees are
currently being processed using the new application and it is anticipated that
the remainder of the worksite employee base will be converted to this new
application by the end of 1998. Other investments in computer hardware, software
and telephony have increased the productivity of the Company's call center
representatives and enabled it to better direct its business through improved
management information systems.
 
     The Company's information technology staff has grown from five persons in
1994 to 39 persons at December 31, 1997, and the Company plans to continue to
increase staffing of this department. The Company believes that its information
systems are integral in achieving its growth objectives and, as such, the
Company intends to continue to invest in its technology infrastructure.
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   11
 
COMPETITION
 
     The PEO industry is highly fragmented. NAPEO estimates that there are
approximately 2,400 companies providing certain levels of PEO services. Most of
these companies have limited operations and fewer than 1,000 worksite employees.
However, there are several large industry participants, and the Company believes
one other competitor had 1997 PEO revenues in excess of $1 billion. The Company
considers its primary competition to be PEOs, insurance agents and
fee-for-service providers, such as payroll processors and human resource
consultants. The market for PEO services is expected to become increasingly
competitive as larger companies, some of which have greater financial resources
than the Company and which have not traditionally operated in this industry,
enter the market.
 
     The key competitive factors in the PEO industry are breadth and quality of
services, price, reputation, financial stability, as well as choice, quality and
cost of benefits. The Company believes that it competes favorably in these
areas.
 
INTERNAL COMPANY EMPLOYEES
 
     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had 1,004 internal employees with 462
employees located at the Company's Bradenton, Florida headquarters. The
remaining employees were located in the Company's branch offices. None of the
Company's internal employees is a party to a collective bargaining agreement.
 
INDUSTRY REGULATION
 
     The Company's operations are affected by numerous Federal and state laws
and regulations relating to employment matters, benefit plans and taxes. By
entering into a co-employer relationship with its clients, the Company assumes
certain obligations and responsibilities as an employer under these laws.
Because many of these Federal and state laws were enacted prior to the
development of non-traditional employment relationships, such as PEOs, temporary
employment and other employment-related outsourcing arrangements, many of these
laws do not specifically address the obligations and responsibilities of
non-traditional employers. In addition, the definition of "employer" under these
laws is not uniform.
 
     Some governmental agencies that regulate employment have developed rules
that specifically address issues raised by the relationship among PEOs, clients
and worksite employees. Existing regulations are relatively new and, therefore,
their interpretation and application by administrative agencies and Federal and
state courts is limited or non-existent. The development of additional
regulations and interpretation of existing regulations can be expected to evolve
over time. In addition, from time to time, states have considered, and may in
the future consider, imposing certain taxes on gross revenues or service fees of
the Company and its competitors. The Company cannot predict with certainty the
nature or direction of the development of Federal, state and local regulations
or whether any states will impose such taxes.
 
     The Company believes that its operations are currently in compliance in all
material respects with all applicable Federal and state statutes and
regulations.
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     The Company's employee benefit plans include a 401(k) retirement plan, a
cafeteria plan under Code Section 125, group health plans, a group life
insurance plan, a group disability insurance plan and a dependent care spending
account plan. Participants in these plans include both the Company's internal
employees and worksite employees. Generally, employee benefit plans are subject
to certain provisions of the Code and ERISA.
 
     Effective April 1, 1997, the Company began to offer a new 401(k) retirement
plan, designed to be a "multiple employer" plan under Internal Revenue Code
Section 413(c). This plan enables owners of clients and highly-compensated
worksite employees, as well as highly-compensated internal employees of the
Company, to participate. Such persons were excluded from the prior 401(k)
retirement plan to avoid issues of discrimination in favor of highly-compensated
employees.
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   12
 
     Employer Status.  In order to qualify for favorable tax treatment under the
Code, the plans must be established and maintained by an employer for the
exclusive benefit of its employees. Generally, an entity is an "employer" of
certain workers for Federal employment tax purposes if an employment
relationship exists between the entity and the workers under the common law test
of employment. In addition, the officers of a corporation are deemed to be
employees of that corporation for Federal employment tax purposes. The common
law test of employment, as applied by the IRS, involves an examination of many
factors to ascertain whether an employment relationship exists between a worker
and a purported employer. That test is generally applied to determine whether an
individual is an independent contractor or an employee for Federal employment
tax purposes and not to determine whether each of two or more companies is a
"co-employer." Substantial weight is typically given to the question of whether
the purported employer has the right to direct and control the details of an
individual's work.
 
     The IRS established the Market Segment Study for the purpose of identifying
specific compliance issues prevalent in certain segments of the PEO industry.
Approximately 70 PEOs have been randomly selected by the IRS for audit pursuant
to this program. The Company was not one of the PEOs selected for the audit. One
issue that has arisen from these audits is whether a PEO can be a co-employer of
worksite employees, including officers and owners of client companies, for
various purposes under the Code, including participation in the PEO's 401(k)
retirement plan.
 
     The Company is not able to predict either the timing or the nature of any
final decision that may be reached by the IRS with respect to the Market Segment
Study and the ultimate outcome of such decisions. Further, the Company is unable
to predict whether the Treasury Department will issue a policy statement with
respect to its position on these issues or, if issued, whether such a statement
would be favorable to the Company. The Company believes that the establishment
of its new multiple employer plan under Code Section 413(c) will eliminate the
exposure as to future contributions to that plan resulting from an IRS
determination that no employer relationship exists between the sponsor of the
plan and the plan participants. Since this plan will be co-sponsored by each
participating client, the Company believes that even if the IRS were to
determine that the worksite employees were not employees of the Company, it
could not reach the same conclusion as to the client co-sponsor. However, if an
adverse conclusion by the IRS were applied retroactively to disqualify the
Company's former 401(k) retirement plan, worksite employees' vested account
balances under the former 401(k) retirement plan would become taxable
immediately to them, distributions would not qualify for special tax treatment,
the Company's tax deductions would be allowed only as matching contributions
become vested, the former 401(k) retirement plan's trust would become a taxable
trust, and clients would be subject to liability with respect to their failure
to withhold and pay taxes applicable to salary deferral contributions by their
employees. In such event, the Company would also face the risk of client
dissatisfaction and potential litigation. A retroactive application by the IRS
of an adverse conclusion would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position and results of operations. While the Company believes that a
retroactive disqualification is unlikely, there can be no assurance as to the
ultimate resolution of these issues by the IRS.
 
     Employee pension and welfare benefit plans are also governed by ERISA.
ERISA defines "employer" as "any person acting directly as an employer, or
indirectly in the interest of an employer, in relation to an employee benefit
plan." ERISA defines the term "employee" as "any individual employed by an
employer." The United States Supreme Court has held that the common law test of
employment must be applied to determine whether an individual is an employee or
an independent contractor under ERISA. A definitive judicial interpretation of
"employer" in the context of a PEO or employee leasing arrangement has not been
established.
 
     If the Company were found not to be an employer for ERISA or Code purposes,
its former 401(k) retirement plan would not comply with ERISA and could be
subject to retroactive disqualification by the IRS, and the Company's cafeteria,
health and other fringe benefit plans could lose their favorable tax status.
Clients could be subject to liabilities, including penalties, with respect to
the Company's cafeteria plan for the failure to withhold and pay taxes
applicable to salary deferral contributions by worksite employees, and worksite
employees who are participants in those plans could, for example, be liable for
taxes with respect to certain insurance premiums paid with respect to their
health plan coverage and with respect to medical cost
                                       10
<PAGE>   13
 
reimbursement payments under those plans; in addition, clients could become
liable for failure to withhold income and payroll taxes, failure to pay social
security taxes and failure to report taxable income with respect to such
amounts. As a result of such finding, the Company and its plans also would no
longer enjoy, with respect to worksite employees, the preemption of state laws
provided by ERISA and could be subject to varying state laws and regulation, as
well as to claims based upon state common law. Further, in such event, the
Company might not be able to develop an alternative method of delivering a
comparable level of benefits to worksite employees that would not result in
materially increased administrative costs.
 
Federal Employment Taxes
 
     As an employer, the Company assumes responsibility and liability for the
payment of Federal and state employment taxes with respect to wages and salaries
paid to worksite employees. There are essentially three types of Federal
employment tax obligations: (i) withholding of income tax requirements governed
by Code section 3401, et seq.; (ii) obligations under the Federal Insurance
Contributions Act ("FICA"), governed by Code section 3101, et seq.; and (iii)
obligations under the Federal Unemployment Tax Act ("FUTA"), governed by Code
section 3301, et seq. Under these Code sections, employers have the obligation
to withhold and remit the employer portion and, where applicable, the employee
portion of these taxes.
 
     The Market Segment Study discussed above examines, among other issues,
whether PEOs, such as the Company, are employers of worksite employees under the
Code provisions applicable to Federal employment taxes and, consequently,
responsible for payment of employment taxes on wages and salaries paid to such
worksite employees. Section 3401(d)(1) of the Code, which applies to Federal
income tax withholding requirements, contains an exception to the general common
law test applied to determine whether an entity is an "employer" for purposes of
Federal income tax withholding. Section 3401(d)(1) states that if the person for
whom services are rendered does not have control of the payment of wages, the
"employer" for this purpose is the person having control of the payment of
wages. The Treasury Regulations issued under section 3401(d)(1) state that a
third party can be deemed to be the employer of workers under this Section for
income tax withholding purposes where the person for whom services are rendered
does not have legal control of the payment of wages. While section 3401(d)(1)
has been examined by several courts, its ultimate scope has not been delineated.
Moreover, the IRS has to date relied extensively on the common law test of
employment in determining liability for failure to comply with Federal income
tax withholding requirements.
 
     Accordingly, while the Company believes that it can assume the withholding
obligations for worksite employees, if the Company fails to meet these
obligations the client may be held jointly and severally liable therefor. While
this interpretive issue has not, to the Company's knowledge, discouraged clients
from utilizing the Company's services, there can be no assurance that a
definitive adverse resolution of this issue would not do so in the future.
 
State Regulation
 
     Florida.  In Florida, the Company's PEO operations are licensed under the
Florida Employee Leasing Licensing Act of 1991 (the "Florida Licensing Act").
The Florida Licensing Act requires PEOs and their controlling persons to be
licensed, mandates reporting requirements and allocates several employer
responsibilities. The Florida Licensing Act provides that licenses may not be
transferred or assigned and requires prior approval by the Florida Board of
Employee Leasing Companies of the acquisition of control of a licensee. The
Florida Licensing Act defines "controlling person" as any natural person who
possesses the power to direct the management or policies of any employee leasing
company, including, but not limited to, control of 50 percent or more of the
company's voting securities, general power to endorse negotiable instruments on
behalf of the company and authority to enter into contracts with clients on its
behalf. The Florida Licensing Act also requires licensed PEOs to submit annual
audited financial statements and maintain a tangible accounting net worth and
positive working capital. The Florida Licensing Act also requires PEOs to, among
other things: (i) reserve the right of direction and control over the leased
employees; (ii) enter into a written agreement with the client; (iii) pay wages
to the leased employees; (iv) pay and collect payroll taxes; (v) retain
authority to hire, terminate, discipline and reassign employees; and (vi)
reserve a right to direct and control the
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   14
 
management of safety, risk and hazard control at the worksite, including
responsibility to promulgate and administer employment and safety policies and
to manage workers' compensation claims.
 
     Texas.  The Texas Staff Leasing Act regulates and establishes a legal
framework for PEOs in Texas and has requirements similar to those of Florida for
a PEO's relationship with its clients. The Texas Staff Leasing Act, which became
effective on September 1, 1993, established mandatory licensing for PEOs and
expressly recognizes a licensed PEO as the employer of the worksite employee for
purposes of the Texas Unemployment Compensation Act. The Texas Staff Leasing Act
also provides, to the extent governed by Texas law, that a licensed PEO may
sponsor and maintain employee benefit plans for the benefit of worksite
employees. In addition, the Texas Staff Leasing Act not only provides that a PEO
may elect to obtain workers' compensation insurance coverage for its worksite
employees but also provides that, for workers' compensation insurance purposes,
a licensed PEO and its client are treated as co-employers. In order to obtain a
license, applicants must undergo a background check, demonstrate a history of
good standing with tax authorities and meet certain capitalization requirements
that increase with the number of worksite employees employed. The Texas Staff
Leasing Act specifies that the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation
("TDLR") is responsible for enforcement of the Texas Staff Leasing Act and TDLR
has adopted regulations under the Texas Staff Leasing Act. The Texas Staff
Leasing Act provides that licenses are not assignable and that the addition of
new controlling persons of a licensee requires approval by the TDLR. The Texas
Staff Leasing Act defines "controlling persons" as officers, directors and
owners of 25 percent or more of the voting securities of an employee leasing
company that is a corporation, general partners of an employee leasing company
that is a partnership and individuals possessing authority to direct an employee
leasing company's management or policy or to enter into contracts with clients
on its behalf.
 
     Other States.  While many states do not explicitly regulate PEOs, 18 states
including Florida, Texas and Minnesota have passed laws that have licensing or
registration or other compliance requirements for PEOs and several states are
considering such regulation. Such laws vary from state to state but generally
provide for monitoring the fiscal responsibility of PEOs. In addition to holding
a license in Florida, Texas and Minnesota, the Company holds licenses or is
registered or is otherwise compliant in 13 other states. Whether or not a state
has licensing, registration or other compliance requirements, the Company faces
a number of other state and local regulations that could impact its operations.
The Company's objective is to establish strong working relationships with state
regulatory authorities in states where it operates and the Company believes that
to date it has been able to do so.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
     Pursuant to General Instruction G(3), the information regarding executive
officers of the Company called for by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K is hereby
included in Part I of this Form 10-K.
 
     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to each
person who is an executive officer of the Company, as indicated below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                AGE                   POSITION
- ----                                                ---                   --------
<S>                                                 <C>   <C>
Charles S. Craig..................................  47    Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                                            Executive Officer
Richard A. Goldman................................  41    President
John E. Panning...................................  47    Chief Financial Officer
John Bilchak, Jr. ................................  50    Senior Vice President, Benefits and Risk
                                                            Management
Joyce Lillis McGill...............................  51    Senior Vice President, Sales
</TABLE>
 
     Charles S. Craig has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since
November 1993. He assumed the additional position of Chief Executive Officer in
July 1995. He currently serves as Chairman of the Executive Committee of the
Board of Directors. Mr. Craig has been a Managing Director of Craig Capital
Corporation ("Craig Capital") since 1988 and Chairman of CSG, Inc., the General
Partner of TCOM, LP
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   15
 
since 1989. He has served on the boards of CP Industries, Inc., Curtis
Industries, Inc., Sinclair & Valentine, LP (Chairman), Schuykill Metals
Corporation and NASCO, Inc.
 
     Richard A. Goldman has served as President and been a member of the
three-person Office of the Chairman since January 1997. Mr. Goldman served as
Senior Vice President of Risk Management and General Counsel of Staff Leasing
from July 1995 to January 1997. In May 1997, Mr. Goldman was appointed by
Governor Lawton Chiles to Florida's Board of Employee Leasing and in February
1998 was appointed chairman of that board. Prior to joining Staff Leasing, Mr.
Goldman was a partner in the New York office of Dechert Price & Rhoads from
April 1993 to July 1995.
 
     John E. Panning has served as Chief Financial Officer and as a member of
the three-person Office of the Chairman since January 1997. From August 1996 to
December 1996, he served as Senior Vice President of Finance of Staff Leasing.
Mr. Panning served as Senior Vice President of Sales of Staff Leasing from
January 1995 to July 1996. Prior to joining Staff Leasing, Mr. Panning served as
Chief Financial Officer of CityForest Corporation from March 1993 to November
1994.
 
     John Bilchak, Jr. has served as Senior Vice President of Benefits and Risk
Management since January 1997. Mr. Bilchak served as Vice President of Benefits
from January 1996 to December 1996. Prior to joining Staff Leasing, Mr. Bilchak
served as a principal with Towers Perrin from June 1992 to January 1996.
 
     Joyce Lillis McGill has served as Senior Vice President of Sales since
March 1997. She previously served in various positions for Compaq Computer
Corporation, and was employed by that company as Vice President -- Eastern
Region from April 1996 until becoming employed by the Company. From February
1993 until April 1996, she was Regional Director of Sales, Service & Operations,
Northeast Region for Compaq.
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
     The Company's operations are conducted from its 97,800 square foot
corporate headquarters located in Bradenton, Florida. The Company leases this
facility under a lease which expires in December 2005, but which can be renewed,
at the option of the Company, for two additional five-year periods.
 
     The Company also leases space for its 37 offices located in Florida,
Georgia, Texas, Arizona, and Minnesota. The Company believes that its branch
office leases, which generally have terms of three to five years, can either be
renewed on acceptable terms or that other, comparable space can be located upon
the expiration of any branch office lease without significant additional cost to
the Company. The Company considers its facilities to be adequate for its current
and prospective operations.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     The Company is not a party to any pending legal proceedings other than
routine legal matters incidental to its business. The Company believes that the
ultimate resolution of these matters would not have a material adverse effect on
its financial condition or results of operations.
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY-HOLDERS
 
     None
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   16
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
     Market Information.  The Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "STFF." The following table sets forth, for the quarters
indicated, the high and low sale prices of the Common Stock as reported on the
Nasdaq National Market.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                HIGH       LOW
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997:
Second Quarter (from June 25, 1997).........................  $ 19.625   $ 17.625
Third Quarter...............................................    26.875     18.000
Fourth Quarter..............................................    26.438     17.000
</TABLE>
 
     Holders.  As of March 20, 1998, there were approximately 260 shareholders
of record of the Common Stock. This number does not include beneficial owners of
the Common Stock whose shares are held in the names of various dealers, clearing
agencies, banks, brokers and other fiduciaries.
 
     Dividends.  The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any
cash dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The Company
expects that it will retain all available earnings generated by the Company's
operations for the development and growth of its business. Any future
determination as to the payment of dividends will be made at the discretion of
the Board of Directors of the Company and will depend upon the Company's
operating results, financial condition, capital requirements, general business
conditions and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. In
addition, the Company's credit agreement restricts the Company from paying
dividends or making other distributions on the Common Stock without the prior
written consent of the lenders.
 
     Use of IPO Proceeds.  On June 25, 1997, the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (333-22933), covering 3,500,000 shares of Common Stock,
was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company's
Initial Public Offering ("IPO") closed on July 1, 1997. The Company issued and
sold 444,978 additional shares, upon the exercise of certain overallotment
provisions, for a total issuance of 3,944,978 shares. The IPO was underwritten
by Lehman Brothers; Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette and Montgomery Securities.
 
     The aggregate offering price of shares sold on behalf of the Company was
approximately $67 million. In conjunction with this offering, 655,022 shares
were sold by certain shareholders, for an aggregate offering price of $11.1
million. The IPO expenses incurred by the Company through December 31, 1997
totaled approximately $6.0 million, including $4.7 million of underwriting
discounts and commissions, and approximately $1.3 million of other expenses.
 
     Net proceeds raised from the IPO, including overallotment, amounted to
approximately $61 million. The net proceeds from the IPO were used to redeem
preferred partnership interests in Staff Capital, L.P. (the predecessor to the
Company) of $16.3 million, and to repay outstanding long-term debt of $15.2
million. The remainder has been allocated for general corporate purposes.
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following table sets forth certain selected historical financial and
operating data of the Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The
Company was formed in November 1993 to acquire, from a third party, the assets
of six related entities (collectively, the "Predecessor"). The entities
comprising the Predecessor all operated as S-corporations. The Company operated
as a limited partnership for all periods prior to the Reorganization on July 1,
1997, and as a C-corporation under the Code since the Reorganization. The
Reorganization was accounted for as a combination among entities under common
control and accordingly, for financial statement presentation purposes, the
Reorganization was treated as a pooling of interests of the Company and Staff
Capital, L.P. as of and for the periods presented. The following selected
financial data are qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction
with, the consolidated financial
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   17
 
statements, related notes and other financial information included as Part II,
Item 8. of this Form 10-K, as well as "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" which is included as Part II,
Item 7. The statement of operations data set forth below, for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1997, and the balance sheet data at
December 31, 1996 and 1997, are derived from the audited consolidated financial
statements of the Company, which are included as Part II, Item 8. of this Form
10-K. The statement of operations data for the period November 6, 1993 to
December 31, 1994, and the balance sheet data at December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995, are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the
Company and are not included herein. The statement of operations data for the
period January 1, 1993 to November 5, 1993 are derived from audited combined
financial statements of the Predecessor and are not included herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           THE
                                       PREDECESSOR                               THE COMPANY
                                      --------------   ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                      FOR THE PERIOD   FOR THE PERIOD
                                        JANUARY 1,      NOVEMBER 6,
                                         1993 TO          1993 TO              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                       NOVEMBER 5,      DECEMBER 31,    -----------------------------------------------
                                           1993             1993          1994        1995         1996         1997
                                      --------------   --------------   --------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND STATISTICAL DATA)
<S>                                   <C>              <C>              <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues............................     $354,634         $83,553       $735,763   $1,091,588   $1,432,131   $1,851,248
Gross profit........................       15,382           3,902         32,035       32,037       59,505       93,988
Operating income (loss).............        3,568             998          8,355      (20,276)        (441)      26,446
Net income (loss)(1)................        4,916             693          4,812      (24,942)      (3,865)      30,783
Net income (loss) attributable to
  common shareholders(1)(2).........     $  4,916         $   665       $  4,648   $  (24,942)  $   (5,637)  $   28,392
Net income (loss) per share
  attributable to common
  shareholders(3):
  Basic.............................                      $   .03       $    .24   $    (1.27)  $     (.29)  $     1.32
  Diluted...........................                      $   .03       $    .24   $    (1.27)  $     (.29)  $     1.26
Weighted average common shares(3):
  Basic.............................                       19,614         19,614       19,614       19,614       21,588
  Diluted...........................                       19,614         19,614       19,614       19,614       22,459
STATISTICAL AND OPERATING DATA:
Worksite employees at period end....       29,861          31,888         50,848       73,116       86,000      107,885
Clients at period end...............        3,436           3,626          5,242        6,490        7,511        9,233
Average number of worksite employees
  per client at period end..........         8.69            8.79           9.70        11.27        11.45        11.68
Capital expenditures................     $    614         $    34       $    751   $   11,619   $    5,923   $    7,100
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                          --------------------------------------------------
                                                           1993      1994       1995       1996       1997
                                                          -------   -------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets............................................  $31,980   $44,902   $ 56,932   $ 65,982   $127,818
Long-term capital leases, including current portion.....       --        --      5,069      3,746         --
Long-term borrowings, including current portion.........   11,292    30,800     26,450     17,700         --
Redeemable preferred interests..........................    1,528        --      2,000     17,674         --
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)....................    5,851    (9,173)   (33,949)   (35,680)    58,148
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Prior to the Reorganization effective July 1, 1997, the Company operated as
    a Partnership. Accordingly, the tax effect of the Partnership's activities
    accrued to the individual partners and no provision for income taxes was
    required prior to such date. Included in net income for the year ended
    December 31, 1997 was $10,172 of deferred tax benefit related to the
    reversal of the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. The deferred
    tax assets recognized consist principally of assets with tax basis in excess
    of book basis, reserves not currently deductible and tax loss carryforwards.
    The tax benefit recorded is non-cash in nature (See note 16 to the
    consolidated financial statements).
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   18
 
(2) Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders reflects the fixed
    return on preferred interests. The fixed return on preferred interests
    represents the return paid on the Class A and Class B Interests through July
    1, 1997, the date of Reorganization.
(3) The Reorganization was accounted for as a combination among entities under
    common control and, accordingly, was treated as a pooling of interests. As a
    result, the weighted average common shares for the Company reflects the
    reorganization as of the earliest period presented. Weighted average common
    shares and net income per share for the Predecessor have not been presented
    as such information is not considered meaningful.
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following discussion contains forward-looking statements. The Company's
actual results could differ materially from those discussed in such
forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K. See
Part 1, "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." The following
discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this filing.
Historical results are not necessarily indicative of trends in operating results
for any future period.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     The Company is the largest professional employer organization ("PEO") in
the United States. At December 31, 1997, the Company served over 9,200 clients
with approximately 108,000 worksite employees. With 37 branches located in
Florida, Texas, Georgia, Arizona and Minnesota, the Company provides a broad
range of services, including payroll administration, risk management, benefits
administration, unemployment services and other human resource management
services.
 
     Revenues.  Revenues consist of charges by the Company for the salaries and
wages of the worksite employees (including the employee-paid portion of health
and other benefits), the service fee and the clients' portion of health and
retirement benefits provided to the worksite employees. These charges are
invoiced to the client at the time of each periodic payroll. The service fee
covers the cost of certain employment-related taxes, workers' compensation
insurance coverage and administrative and field services provided by the Company
to the client, including payroll administration and safety, human resource and
regulatory compliance consultation. Salaries and wages of worksite employees are
affected by the inflationary effects on wage levels, including the effect of
increases in the Federal minimum wage, and by competition in the labor markets
in which the Company operates. Fluctuations in salaries and wages resulting from
these factors have a proportionate impact on the Company's service fee, which is
invoiced as a percentage of salaries and wages.
 
     Cost of Services.  Cost of services includes salaries and wages of worksite
employees, payroll taxes, employee benefit costs, workers' compensation
insurance and state unemployment taxes.
 
     Salaries, wages and payroll taxes consist of salaries and wages of worksite
employees, the employer's portion of amounts due with respect to FICA, which
includes Social Security and Medicare related taxes, and Federal unemployment
taxes. FICA and FUTA rates are fixed by the appropriate Federal regulations. The
amounts payable under FICA and FUTA are dependent on an employee's wage levels,
but are not affected by an employer's claims experience or other
employer-related criteria. These amounts are thus not subject to the Company's
control.
 
     Employee benefit costs are comprised primarily of health benefit costs, but
also include costs of other employee benefits such as dental, disability and
group life insurance. Worksite employee participation in the Company's health
benefit plans is optional, as is the client's contribution to the cost of such
plans. The Company's current group health benefit plans are provided by regional
health care providers under separate contracts. The Company's plans, other than
the Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Florida plan, are guaranteed cost arrangements,
with the Company's liability capped at fixed amounts for the annual policy
period. The Company's policy with Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Florida is a three
year minimum premium arrangement pursuant to which the Company is obligated to
reimburse Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Florida for the cost of the claims incurred
by participants under the plan, plus the cost of plan administration. Although
the administra-
                                       16
<PAGE>   19
 
tive costs associated with this policy are fixed through December 1999 and stop
loss coverage per covered employee under the Florida plan for 1997 and 1998 is
provided at the level of 115% of projected claims and stop loss coverage for
1999 will be established based on claims experience in 1998.
 
     Workers' compensation costs are the amounts paid by the Company under its
workers' compensation arrangement with Liberty Mutual. The Company did not
assume any workers' compensation liabilities from the Predecessor and, since
November 6, 1993, the date of acquisition of the Predecessor, the Company has
been fully insured through a guaranteed cost arrangement. The Company's
guaranteed cost arrangement with Liberty Mutual expires on December 31, 1999.
Giving effect to two rate reductions effective January 1 and October 1, 1997,
the rate of payment decreased 27.4% for 1997 compared to 1996.
 
     State unemployment tax rates vary from state to state and are based upon
the employer's claims history. The Company aggressively manages its state
unemployment tax exposure by contesting unwarranted claims and offering
re-employment services to unemployed workers.
 
     Operating Expenses.  Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries,
wages and commissions associated with the Company's internal employees, and
general and administrative expenses. Over the past several years, the Company
has experienced an increase in its operating expenses as the Company has
expanded its senior management, sales and marketing staff, payroll processing
operations and client and worksite employee service functions. The Company
expects that future revenue growth will result in increased net income, as the
Company's fixed operating expenses are leveraged over a larger revenue base.
 
     Income Taxes.  The Company records income tax expense using the asset and
liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. As of December 31,
1997, a non-recurring tax benefit which is non-cash in nature with respect to
the Company's deferred tax assets was recognized in accordance with the
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes." Such asset related primarily to assets with tax basis in excess
of book basis and certain reserves which will be deductible in future periods.
For 1998, the Company estimates its effective combined Federal, state and local
tax rate to be 37.5%. Prior to the Reorganization effective July 1, 1997, the
Company operated through limited partnerships. Accordingly, all earnings or
losses were passed directly to the partners and no provision for income taxes
was required prior to July 1, 1997.
 
     Profitability.  The Company's gross profit margin is largely dependent upon
the Company's success in managing revenues and costs that are within its
control. These controllable revenues and costs primarily relate to workers'
compensation, health benefits and state unemployment taxes. The Company manages
these controllable costs through its use of: (i) its guaranteed workers'
compensation cost arrangement with Liberty Mutual; (ii) appropriately designed
health benefit plans that encourage worksite employee participation, high
managed care utilization and efficient risk pooling; and (iii) aggressive
management of its state unemployment tax exposure.
 
     Health Benefit Plan Subsidies.  In June 1995, the Company's Board of
Directors realized that the Company had a major problem regarding its health
benefit plan. Selected remedial actions were taken in 1995 and 1996, which had
the effect of reducing the level of health benefit plan subsidies by 51.0% in
1996 from those in 1995. However, it was not until the plan year commencing
January 1, 1997 that the Company was able to implement a comprehensive action
plan to ameliorate this situation.
 
     For the 1995 plan year, acting upon the recommendation of its former health
benefit consultants, the Company conducted an "open enrollment" for its health
benefit plan. This allowed worksite employees not previously enrolled in the
Company's plan, including those with pre-existing conditions, to enroll in the
plan without medical risk assessment. In addition, the Company reduced the
eligibility requirements for part-time employees. Both of these actions
increased adverse selection (namely, those in need of medical treatment
disproportionately elected to enroll in the plan versus those who believed they
would not need medical treatment). Based on projections that showed the 1995
plan to be financially viable, the Company did not raise the price of its health
benefit plan offerings from 1994 to 1995.
 
     In June 1995, the Company's Board of Directors recognized that the
Company's health benefit plan would require significant subsidies. The Company
did not immediately raise the price of its health benefit plan
                                       17
<PAGE>   20
 
offerings in order to avoid a significant disruption of its client
relationships, which are the major source of referrals for new clients. However,
the Company implemented plan design changes in September 1995 that reduced costs
for the remainder of the plan year. In 1995, the Company's health benefit plan
required a subsidy of $20.6 million, compared to a subsidy of $1.6 million in
1994.
 
     Effective January 1, 1996, the Company raised prices for its 1996 plan year
by approximately 25% on average and implemented additional cost-saving design
changes. Also in January 1996, the Company hired a senior executive with
extensive experience to manage its health benefit plans and to reduce its
reliance on outside consultants. In May 1996, in order to mitigate future
adverse selection, the Company re-instituted group health risk assessment for
prospective clients and individual medical risk assessment for late enrollees in
its plan. The Company also eliminated the eligibility of certain part-time
employees to participate in its health benefit plans. As a result of these
actions, the Company reduced its health benefit subsidies to $10.1 million in
1996. In 1997, the Company experienced a favorable maturation or run-out of 1996
health claims, resulting in a $3.5 million reduction in health reserves
established at December 31, 1996.
 
     Beginning January 1, 1997, the Company was able to implement a
comprehensive action plan, which reduced its health benefit plan subsidies in
1997 which the Company believes will continue to favorably impact its health
plan subsidy in 1998. Key elements of this plan are as follows:
 
     -- The Company changed from its single national health care company,
        Provident, to a series of regional health care companies. These
        companies have extensive provider networks in all of the Company's
        markets and offer deeper discounts than those previously available.
        These new providers are Blue Cross/Florida; Blue Cross/Blue Shield of
        Texas; and Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Georgia. In addition, the Company's
        new providers are able to offer health maintenance organization ("HMO")
        coverage in substantially all of the Company's markets, including Texas
        and Georgia, which did not have HMO offerings in 1995 and 1996. The
        Company also offers both PPO and HMO plans in Arizona with
        HealthPartners, Inc. of Arizona, and an HMO plan in Minnesota with
        HealthPartners, Inc. The Company believes that health care is a regional
        business in the United States and that it must align itself with health
        care providers that have strong networks and reputations in the specific
        markets in which the Company operates.
 
     -- The Company raised the price of its preferred provider organization
        ("PPO") offerings by an average of 10% for 1997 and 10% to 25% for 1998.
        The Company did not increase the rates for its HMO offerings for 1997
        and increased the rates from 3% to 6% for 1998, which had the effect of
        increasing the percentage of effective participants enrolled in the HMO
        from 30% as of December 31, 1996 to 66% as of January 1, 1998. The
        Company believes that the managed care services provided by an HMO are
        more cost-effective than those provided by a PPO. The Company will
        continue to encourage migration of its plan participants into its HMO
        offerings.
 
     -- The Company secured guaranteed cost contracts for 1997 and 1998 for its
        plans in Georgia, Texas, Arizona, and Minnesota and was able to reduce
        the stop loss coverage per covered employee from 125% to 115% of the
        projected claims for its Florida plan for the 1997 and 1998 plan years.
 
     -- The Company reduced the level of selected benefits provided under its
        plans to better match the needs and price sensitivity of its worksite
        employees, while reducing the cost to the Company.
 
     -- The Company re-configured its sales commission plan to reward its
        salespersons for health benefit plan enrollment of new client employees.
 
     In 1997, the Company experienced a surplus of $1.0 million in health plan
operations. This surplus would have been a subsidy of $2.5 million in 1997 had
the Company not reduced its estimates for 1996 health reserves due to favorable
experience in the maturation or run-out of 1996 health claims.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   21
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table presents the Company's results of operations for the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, expressed as a percentage of
revenues:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                              1995     1996     1997
                                                              -----    -----    -----
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenues....................................................  100.0%   100.0%   100.0%
Cost of services:
  Salaries, wages and payroll taxes.........................   89.4     89.6     90.5
  Benefits, workers' compensation, state unemployment taxes
     and other costs........................................    7.7      6.2      4.4
                                                              -----    -----    -----
          Total cost of services............................   97.1     95.8     94.9
                                                              -----    -----    -----
Gross profit................................................    2.9      4.2      5.1
                                                              -----    -----    -----
Operating expenses:
  Salaries, wages and commissions...........................    2.7      2.6      2.3
  Other general and administrative..........................    1.8      1.4      1.1
  Depreciation and amortization.............................    0.3      0.2      0.3
                                                              -----    -----    -----
          Total operating costs.............................    4.8      4.2      3.7
                                                              -----    -----    -----
Operating (loss) income.....................................   (1.9)     0.0      1.4
Interest income.............................................    0.0      0.0     (0.1)
Interest expense............................................    0.4      0.2      0.1
                                                              -----    -----    -----
Income (loss) before income taxes...........................   (2.3)    (0.2)     1.4
Income tax benefit..........................................     --       --      0.3
                                                              -----    -----    -----
Net income (loss)...........................................   (2.3)%   (0.2)%    1.7%
                                                              =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>
 
Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1996
 
     Revenues were $1.85 billion for 1997, compared to $1.43 billion for 1996,
representing an increase of $419.1 million, or 29.3%. This increase was due
primarily to an increased number of clients and worksite employees. From 1996 to
1997, the number of clients increased 22.9% from 7,511 to 9,233. The number of
worksite employees increased 25.4%, from 86,000 to 107,885. Revenue growth
exceeded headcount growth by 3.9% due, in part, to the effects of wage inflation
and tightened labor markets, which encourage clients to utilize more fully their
existing employee base. The increase in the number of worksite employees was the
result of continuing sales and marketing efforts in existing markets as well as
the development of new markets. The Company opened six new sales offices in
Texas, Arizona, Georgia, and Minnesota in 1997, compared to one new sales office
in 1996.
 
     In January 1997 and January 1998, the Company reduced the service fees
charged on average to its Florida clients in response to a reduction in workers'
compensation rates in Florida. While the Company believes this reduction in
service fees has not adversely affected the Company's profitability to date
because the Company has been able to offset the effect of this action by
controlling expenses, it is possible that future service fee reductions could
adversely affect the Company's operations.
 
     Cost of services was $1.76 billion for 1997, compared to $1.37 billion for
1996, representing an increase of $384.6 million, or 28.0%. This increase was
due primarily to an increased number of clients and worksite employees. Cost of
services was 94.9% of revenues for 1997, compared to 95.8% for 1996.
 
     Salaries, wages and payroll taxes of worksite employees were $1.68 billion
for 1997, compared to $1.28 billion for 1996, representing an increase of $391.6
million, or 30.5%. Salaries, wages and payroll taxes were 90.5% of revenues for
1997, compared to 89.6% for 1996.
 
     Benefits, workers' compensation, state unemployment taxes and other costs
were $81.9 million for 1997, compared to $88.8 million for 1996, representing an
decrease of $6.9 million, or (7.8%). Benefits, workers'
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   22
 
compensation, state unemployment taxes and other costs were 4.4% of revenues for
1997, compared to 6.2% for 1996. This decrease was due primarily to: (i) a 27.4%
reduction in the workers' compensation expense rate, primarily as a result of
the renegotiation of the workers' compensation policy; and (ii) the
implementation of the Company's comprehensive health benefits action plan,
leading to a reduction in the health benefit plan subsidy, from $9.9 million for
1996, to a surplus of $1.0 million for 1997. This surplus would have been a
subsidy of $2.5 million had the Company not reduced its estimate of health
reserves for 1996. This reduction in 1996 health reserves was due to a favorable
experience on the maturation or run-out of 1996 health claims.
 
     Gross profit was $94.0 million for 1997, compared to $59.5 million for
1996, representing an increase of $34.5 million, or 58.0%. Gross profit was 5.1%
of revenues for 1997, compared to 4.2% for 1996.
 
     Operating expenses were $67.5 million for 1997, compared to $59.9 million
for 1996, representing an increase of $7.6 million, or 12.7%. Operating expenses
were 3.7% of revenues for 1997, compared to 4.2% for 1996.
 
     Salaries, wages and commissions were $42.1 million for 1997, compared to
$37.3 million for 1996, representing an increase of $4.8 million, or 12.9%. This
increase was due primarily to: (i) $3.0 million of costs attributable to an
increase in corporate personnel hired to support the Company's expanded
operations and additional sales and sales support personnel located at its
branch offices; and (ii) $1.8 million increase in sales commissions attributable
to the growth in the number of clients and worksite employees. Salaries, wages
and commissions were 2.3% of revenues for 1997, compared to 2.6% for 1996.
 
     Other general and administrative expenses were $20.9 million for 1997,
compared to $19.5 million in 1996, representing an increase of $1.4 million, or
7.2%. This increase was primarily a result of expanded sales and marketing
programs for 1997 and a fixed asset obsolescence charge of $.9 million for
personal computer upgrades. Other general and administrative expenses were 1.1%
of revenues for 1997, compared to 1.4% for 1996.
 
     Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $1.4 million for 1997
compared to 1996, representing an increase of 44.0%. This increase was primarily
the result of the Company's investment in information systems. Amortization of
capitalized software costs associated with the Company's implementation of new
payroll processing and management information systems began July 1997, when the
systems became operational. These costs are being amortized over a seven year
period.
 
     Interest expense was $2.1 million for 1997, compared to $3.5 million for
1996, representing a decrease of $1.4 million, or (40.0%). The decrease was due
primarily to the repayment of the Company's long-term borrowings at the
beginning of the Company's third quarter, partially offset by the write-off of
unamortized debt issuance costs associated with this debt.
 
     Interest income was $1.3 million for 1997, compared to $.1 million for
1996, representing an increase of $1.2 million. The net change represents
interest income earned on the net proceeds of the IPO.
 
     Income tax expense was $9.9 million for the second half of 1997. This
expense was reduced by the recognition of non-recurring deferred tax benefits,
the tax benefit of allocation of income to Staff Acquisition, and other items
totaling $15.1 million, resulting in a $5.2 million net tax benefit for the
year. Until July 1, 1997, the Company operated through limited partnerships, and
accordingly, no provision for income taxes was required for periods prior to
that date.
 
     Net income was $30.8 million for 1997, compared to a loss of $3.9 million
for 1996, representing an increase of $34.7 million.
 
  Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1995
 
     Revenues were $1.43 billion for 1996, compared to $1.09 billion for 1995,
representing an increase of $340.5 million, or 31.2%. This increase was due
primarily to an increased number of clients and worksite employees. From 1995 to
1996, the number of clients increased 15.7% from 6,490 to 7,511. The number of
worksite employees increased 17.6%, from 73,116 to 86,000. The remaining
increase in revenues is due primarily to the higher growth rate of clients and
worksite employees during the latter half of 1995, which did
                                       20
<PAGE>   23
 
not affect revenue levels during the entire 1995 period, but which (net of
client attrition) affected the entire 1996 period. The increase in the number of
worksite employees was the result of continuing sales and marketing efforts in
existing markets as well as the development of new markets. The Company opened
one new sales office in 1996, compared to seven new sales offices in 1995.
 
     Cost of services was $1.37 billion for 1996, compared to $1.06 billion for
1995, representing an increase of $313.0 million, or 29.5%. Cost of services was
95.8% of revenues for 1996, compared to 97.1% for 1995.
 
     Salaries, wages and payroll taxes of worksite employees were $1.28 billion
for 1996, compared to $975.9 million for 1995, representing an increase of
$307.9 million, or 31.6%. This increase was consistent with the increase in the
number of worksite employees described above. Salaries, wages and payroll taxes
were 89.6% of revenues for 1996, compared to 89.4% for 1995.
 
     Benefits, workers' compensation, state unemployment taxes and other costs
were $88.8 million for 1996, compared to $83.7 million for 1995, representing an
increase of $5.1 million, or 6.1%. Benefits, workers' compensation, state
unemployment taxes and other costs were 6.2% of revenues for 1996, compared to
7.7% for 1995. This decrease was due primarily to a reduction in the health
benefit plan subsidy, which was reduced to $9.9 million for 1996 from $17.5
million for 1995. An additional $0.2 million in 1996 and $3.1 million in 1995
arising from consultants and outside vendors engaged in connection with the
Company's health benefit plans were incurred as other general and administrative
expenses in such years and are included in total health benefit plan subsidy
costs. See "-- Overview -- Health Benefit Plan Subsidies." This decrease was
also affected by an 8.0% reduction in the workers' compensation expense rate as
a result of a renegotiation of the Company's guaranteed cost arrangement with
Liberty Mutual.
 
     Gross profit was $59.5 million for 1996, compared to $32.0 million for
1995, representing an increase of $27.5 million, or 85.9%. Gross profit was 4.2%
of revenues for 1996, compared to 2.9% for 1995.
 
     Operating expenses were $59.9 million for 1996, compared to $52.3 million
for 1995, representing an increase of $7.6 million, or 14.5%. Operating expenses
were 4.2% of revenues for 1996, compared to 4.8% for 1995.
 
     Salaries, wages and commissions were $37.3 million for 1996, compared to
$29.7 million for 1995, representing an increase of $7.6 million, or 25.6%. This
increase was the result of an increase in corporate personnel hired to support
the Company's expanded operations and additional sales and sales support
personnel located at its branch offices. Salaries, wages and commissions were
2.6% of revenues for 1996, compared to 2.5% for 1995 (without taking into
account approximately $2.1 million of the costs associated with the
restructuring of the Company's 1995 commission plan.)
 
     Other general and administrative expenses were essentially unchanged at
$19.5 million for 1996, compared to $19.4 million in 1995. Other general and
administrative expenses were 1.4% of revenues for 1996, compared to 1.8% for
1995, as the Company began to leverage its corporate management personnel and
decreased its reliance on outside vendors and consultants.
 
     Depreciation and amortization expenses were unchanged at $3.2 million for
1996 and 1995.
 
     Interest expense was $3.5 million for 1996, compared to $5.1 million for
1995, representing a decrease of $1.6 million, or 31.4%. The higher interest
expense in 1995 was due primarily to $1.1 million of original issuance cost that
was fully amortized in 1995.
 
     Net loss was $3.9 million for 1996, compared to $24.9 million for 1995,
representing a decrease of $21.0 million, or 84.3%.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company has $41.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and marketable
securities at December 31, 1997. The Company periodically evaluates its
liquidity requirements, capital needs and availability of capital resources in
view of its plans for expansion, including potential acquisitions, anticipated
levels of health benefit plan subsidies and other operating cash needs. The
Company has in the past sought, and may in the future
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   24
 
seek, to raise additional capital or take other measures to increase its
liquidity and capital resources. The Company currently believes that the
proceeds from the IPO, cash flow from operations, and financing arrangements
will be sufficient to meet its requirements through 1998. The Company may rely
on these same sources, as well as public or private debt and/or equity financing
to meet its long-term capital needs.
 
     The Company repaid all of its long-term obligations during the third
quarter of 1997 utilizing the proceeds from its initial public offering and has
no long-term debt as of December 31, 1997. At December 31, 1997, and 1996, the
Company had working capital/(deficit) of $24.4 million, and ($32.2) million,
respectively, an improvement at December 31, 1997 of $56.6 million. The increase
was due primarily to net proceeds raised from the Company's IPO and an
improvement in cash flow from operations for the year ended December 31, 1997.
The negative working capital as of December 31, 1996, was the result of the
Company's investment of $17.5 million in its facilities and technology
infrastructure as well as its subsidy of $30.7 million related to the Company's
health benefit plans during the period January 1995 through December 1996.
 
     The Company's primary short-term capital requirements relate to the payment
of accrued payroll and payroll taxes of its internal and worksite employees,
accounts payable for capital expenditures and the payment of accrued workers'
compensation expense and health benefit plan premiums. As of December 31, 1997,
the Company had $8.4 million of restricted certificates of deposit, with
original maturities of less than one year, as collateral for certain standby
letters of credit issued in connection with the Company's health benefit plans.
 
     Net cash provided by operating activities was $27.6 million for 1997
compared to net cash used in operating activities of $1.9 million for 1996,
representing an increase of $29.5 million. The increase was primarily due to the
increase in net income for 1997.
 
     In 1997, the Company invested $7.1 million in its facilities and technology
infrastructure. During 1998, the Company anticipates total capital expenditures
of $8 million.
 
     Net proceeds from the Company's IPO were approximately $61 million of which
$15.2 million was used to pay long-term debt and $16.3 million was used to
redeem preferred partnership interests.
 
     The Company has an arrangement to enable it to defer up to $10 million of
payments to a vendor, which must be repaid by September 30, 1999. The Company
has not deferred any payments under this arrangement.
 
     The Company entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1997
(the "Credit Agreement"), among the Company, the Company's subsidiaries named
therein, as Guarantors, the lenders named therein and NationsBank, N.A., as
Agent. The following summary of certain terms of the Credit Agreement does not
purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to, the Credit Agreement, which is included as an exhibit hereto. For
the purposes of the following discussion, capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.
 
     The Credit Agreement provides the Company with a $20 million revolving
credit facility available solely for acquisitions of all of the capital stock,
or substantially all of the assets, of companies engaged in a business similar
to the existing business of the Company and its subsidiaries (subject to certain
conditions). Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at variable
interest rates based on the lender's Base Rate or LIBOR, and are payable on
December 11, 2000. The Company has not borrowed under the Credit Agreement.
 
     The Credit Agreement requires the Company to comply with certain financial
ratios and covenants. The Credit Agreement also requires the Company and its
subsidiaries not to (i) declare or pay any dividends or make any other
distributions upon any shares of their capital stock or other equity interest
other than stock dividends or dividends by subsidiaries to the Company or
another subsidiary, (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise retire or acquire any
shares of their capital stock or other equity interest or any warrants, options
or other rights to acquire such capital stock or other equity interest (other
than Permitted Investments and certain limited repurchases or redemptions of
capital stock held by employees or former employees of the Company) or (iii)
make any prepayment, redemption, defeasance, acquisition for value, refunding,
refinancing or exchange of any Funded Debt (other than as permitted with respect
to Loans under the Credit
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   25
 
Agreement). Lenders under the Credit Agreement hold a security interest in the
equity of the Company's subsidiaries.
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
     The year 2000 issue is the result of potential problems with computer
systems or any equipment with computer chips that use dates where the date has
been stored as just two digits (e.g. 97 for 1997). On January 1, 2000, any clock
or date recording mechanism including date sensitive software which uses only
two digits to represent the year, may recognize a date using 00 as the year 1900
rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system failure or
miscalculations causing disruption of operations, including among other things,
a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices, or engage in
similar activities.
 
     The Company believes its proprietary software is year 2000 compliant. The
remainder of the Company's primary internal computer applications were purchased
from Microsoft and Oracle. These companies have issued public documents
affirming year 2000 compliance for their applications.
 
     The Company is in the process of initiating formal communications with all
of its significant vendors and large customers to determine the extent to which
the Company is vulnerable to those third parties' failure to remediate their own
year 2000 issues. The Company can give no guarantee that the systems of other
companies on which the Company's systems rely will be converted on time or that
a failure to convert by another company or a conversion that is incompatible
with the Company's systems, would not have a material adverse effect on the
Company.
 
INFLATION
 
     The Company believes that inflation in salaries and wages of worksite
employees has a positive impact on its results of operations as its service fee
is proportional to such changes in salaries and wages.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     In June of 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," which requires the disclosure of
comprehensive income to be included in the financial statements for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997.
 
     In addition, in June of 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure
About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS No. 131 requires
disclosures of certain information about operating segments and about products
and services, the geographic areas in which a company operates, and their major
customers. The Company is presently in the process of evaluating the effect this
new standard will have on disclosures in the Company's financial statements and
the required information will be reflected in its financial statements for the
year ending December 31, 1998.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   26
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
     The information required by this Item 8 is contained in a separate section
of this Annual Report. See "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and
Financial Statement Schedule" on page F-1.
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
     None.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   27
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
     The information regarding the Company's executive officers is included in
Item 1 of Part I under "Executive Officers of the Registrant." Other information
required by this Item 10 will be contained in the Company's Proxy Statement
relating to the 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 26, 1998
(the "Proxy Statement"), and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The information required by this Item 11 will be contained in the Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference, provided that the
Compensation Committee Report and Performance Graph contained in the Proxy
Statement shall not be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
     The information required by this Item 12 will be contained in the Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
     The information required by this Item 13 will be contained in the Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   28
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
     (a) 1. Financial Statements -- The financial statements and independent
auditors' report are listed in the "Index to Financial Statements and Financial
Statement Schedule" on page F-1 and included on pages F-2 through F-18.
 
     2. Financial Statement Schedules -- The financial statement schedule
required by Item 14(a)(2) is included on page S-1.
 
     3. Exhibits including those incorporated by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                   DESCRIPTION
- --------                                -----------
<C>        <S>  <C>
 2.1       --   Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among SLI Transitory,
                L.P., Staff Capital, L.P. and Staff Leasing, Inc. (filed as
                Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's registration statement no.
                333-22933 and incorporated herein).
 3.1       --   Articles of Incorporation of Staff Leasing, Inc. (filed as
                Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's registration statement no.
                333-22933 and incorporated herein).
 3.2       --   Bylaws of Staff Leasing, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the
                Company's registration statement no. 333-22933 and
                incorporated herein).
10.1       --   1997 Stock Incentive Plan of Staff Leasing, Inc. (filed as
                Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's registration statement no.
                333-22933 and incorporated herein).
10.2       --   Form of Indemnification Agreement dated March 3, 1997,
                between Staff Leasing, Inc. and each of its directors and
                executive officers. (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's
                registration statement no. 333-22933 and incorporated
                herein).
10.3       --   Form of Executive Agreement between Staff Leasing, Inc. and
                its executive officers. (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
                Company's registration statement no. 333-22933 and
                incorporated herein).
10.4       --   Voting Trust Agreement by and between Charles S. Craig and
                Staff Leasing, Inc., together with related Voting Trust
                Certificate. (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's
                registration statement no. 333-22933 and incorporated
                herein).
10.5       --   Option to Purchase Agreement by and between Charles S. Craig
                and Staff Leasing, Inc., relating to outstanding capital
                stock of Staff Acquisition, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to
                the Company's registration statement no. 333-22933 and
                incorporated herein).
10.6       --   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among Staff
                Acquisition, Inc., Staff Capital, L.P., various banks and
                Banque Paribas, as Agent, dated as of November 5, 1993 and
                Amended and Restated as of December 8, 1994, together with
                First Amendment thereto dated as of June 29, 1995, Second
                Amendment thereto dated as of April 26, 1996, Third
                Amendment thereto dated as of August 31, 1996, Fourth
                Amendment thereto dated November 30, 1996, Fifth Amendment
                thereto dated as of March 5, 1997, and the Sixth Amendment
                thereto dated as of May 29, 1997. (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to
                the Company's registration statement no. 333-22933 and
                incorporated herein).
10.7       --   Agreement of Lease dated March 27, 1995 between Quixotic
                Investment Holdings, Inc. (Landlord) and the Company for
                premises located at 600 301 Boulevard West, Suite 202,
                Bradenton, Florida 34205 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the
                Company's registration statement no. 333-22933 and
                incorporated herein).
10.8       --   Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Policy issued
                by Liberty Mutual Insurance Company to Staff Leasing,
                effective January 1, 1997. (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the
                Company's registration statement no. 333-22933 and
                incorporated herein).
10.9       --   1993 Restricted Equity Plan, as Amended and Restated. (filed
                as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's registration statement no.
                333-22933 and incorporated herein).
</TABLE>
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   29
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                   DESCRIPTION
- --------                                -----------
<C>        <S>  <C>
10.10      --   Employment Agreement dated as of November 5, 1993 between
                Staff Leasing, L.P. and William J. Mullis. (filed as Exhibit
                10.10 to the Company's registration statement no. 333-22933
                and incorporated herein).
10.11      --   Credit Agreement dated as of December 11, 1997, among Staff
                Leasing, Inc., its subsidiaries, the lenders named therein,
                and NationsBank, N.A., as Agent.(1)
10.12      --   Lease Agreement dated December 5, 1997, between Aldina, L.C.
                and Staff Capital, L.P.
21.1       --   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
27.1       --   Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31, 1997
                (for SEC use only).
27.2       --   Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 31, 1996
                (for SEC use only).
27.3(a)    --   Financial Data Schedule for the quarters ended March 31,
                1997 (for SEC use only).
27.3(b)    --   Financial Data Schedule for the quarters ended June 30, 1997
                (for SEC use only).
27.3(c)    --   Financial Data Schedule for the quarters ended September 30,
                1997 (for SEC use only).
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Schedules to the Credit Agreement containing disclosure called for by the
    agreement or various forms for loan activities under the agreement are
    omitted and will be provided to the Commission upon request.
 
     (b) Reports on Form 8-K:
 
     None.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   30
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, Staff Leasing, Inc. has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
                                          STAFF LEASING, INC.
 
                                                /s/ RICHARD A. GOLDMAN
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                    Richard A. Goldman
                                                        President
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                     TITLE                    DATE
                      ---------                                     -----                    ----
<C>                                                    <S>                              <C>
 
                /s/ CHARLES S. CRAIG                   Chief Executive Officer and a    March 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------    Director -- (a Principal
                  Charles S. Craig                       Executive Officer)
 
               /s/ RICHARD A. GOLDMAN                  President -- (a Principal        March 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------    Executive Officer)
                 Richard A. Goldman
 
                 /s/ JOHN E. PANNING                   Chief Financial Officer -- (a    March 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------    Principal Financial and
                   John E. Panning                       Accounting Officer)
 
                /s/ GEORGE B. BEITZEL                  Director                         March 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  George B. Beitzel
 
                 /s/ RONALD V. DAVIS                   Director                         March 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   Ronald V. Davis
 
                 /s/ MELVIN R. LAIRD                   Director                         March 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   Melvin R. Laird
 
                /s/ WILLIAM J. MULLIS                  Director                         March 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  William J. Mullis
 
                 /s/ ELLIOT B. ROSS                    Director                         March 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   Elliot B. Ross
 
                /s/ DAVID T.K. SARDA                   Director                         March 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  David T.K. Sarda
 
                /s/ JAMES F. MANNING                   Director                         March 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  James F. Manning
</TABLE>
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   31
 
         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  Independent Auditors' Report..............................   F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and
     1997...................................................   F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
     December 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997......................   F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
     (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1996,
     and 1997...............................................   F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
     December 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997......................   F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................   F-7
  Financial Statement Schedule II -- Valuation and
     Qualifying Accounts....................................   S-1
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   32
 
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
Board of Directors
Staff Leasing, Inc.
Bradenton, Florida
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements and
financial statement schedule of Staff Leasing, Inc. (a Florida corporation) and
subsidiaries listed in the Index to the Financial Statements and Financial
Statement Schedule of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Staff Leasing, Inc. for
the year ended December 31, 1997. These consolidated financial statements and
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Staff Leasing, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents
fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Stamford, Connecticut
February 20, 1998
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   33
 
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1996           1997
                                                              ------------   ------------
                                                              (IN 000'S EXCEPT SHARE AND
                                                                    PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
                                         ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................    $     12       $ 21,051
  Certificates of deposit -- restricted.....................          --          8,406
  Marketable securities.....................................          --         19,910
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $440 and $835, respectively................      33,956         34,814
  Deferred income tax asset.................................          --          4,494
  Other current assets......................................       1,430          1,154
                                                                --------       --------
          Total current assets..............................      35,398         89,829
Property and equipment, net.................................      16,812         19,487
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $2,313 and
  $3,046, respectively......................................      12,358         11,625
Deferred income tax asset...................................          --          6,635
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,762 and
  $173, respectively........................................       1,414            242
                                                                --------       --------
                                                                $ 65,982       $127,818
                                                                ========       ========
                     LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt.........................    $  7,092       $     --
  Accrued insurance premiums and health reserves............      13,697         19,960
  Accrued payroll and payroll taxes.........................      35,280         36,837
  Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities............      10,113          6,535
  Customer deposits and prepayments.........................       1,396          2,121
                                                                --------       --------
          Total current liabilities.........................      67,578         65,453
Long-term debt..............................................      14,354             --
Deferred income taxes payable...............................          --          2,699
Other long-term liabilities.................................       2,056          1,518
Commitments and contingencies (See notes)
Redeemable preferred interests..............................      17,674             --
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
  Common stock, $.01 par value..............................         192            235
     Shares authorized: 100,000,000
     Shares issued and outstanding:
       1996 -- 19,196,472
       1997 -- 23,505,358
  Additional paid in capital................................       3,506         65,877
  Accumulated deficit.......................................     (38,127)        (7,344)
  Other.....................................................      (1,251)          (620)
                                                                --------       --------
          Total shareholders' equity (deficit)..............     (35,680)        58,148
                                                                --------       --------
                                                                $ 65,982       $127,818
                                                                ========       ========
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   34
 
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ------------------------------------
                                                               1995         1996         1997
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                             (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues..................................................  $1,091,588   $1,432,131   $1,851,248
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
Cost of services:
  Salaries, wages and payroll taxes.......................     975,887    1,283,787    1,675,369
  Benefits, workers' compensation, state unemployment
     taxes and other costs................................      83,664       88,839       81,891
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
          Total cost of services..........................   1,059,551    1,372,626    1,757,260
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
Gross profit..............................................      32,037       59,505       93,988
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
Operating expenses:
  Salaries, wages and commissions.........................      29,674       37,264       42,147
  Other general and administrative........................      19,420       19,528       20,853
  Depreciation and amortization...........................       3,219        3,154        4,542
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
          Total operating expenses........................      52,313       59,946       67,542
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
Operating income (loss)...................................     (20,276)        (441)      26,446
Interest income...........................................         322          100        1,345
Interest expense..........................................      (5,086)      (3,501)      (2,138)
Other income (expense)....................................          98          (23)         (92)
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
Income (loss) before income tax benefit...................     (24,942)      (3,865)      25,561
Income tax benefit........................................          --           --        5,222
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
Net income (loss).........................................     (24,942)      (3,865)      30,783
Return on preferred interests.............................          --       (1,772)      (2,391)
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders.....  $  (24,942)  $   (5,637)  $   28,392
                                                            ==========   ==========   ==========
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common
  shareholders:
  Basic...................................................  $    (1.27)  $    (0.29)  $     1.32
                                                            ==========   ==========   ==========
  Diluted.................................................  $    (1.27)  $    (0.29)  $     1.26
                                                            ==========   ==========   ==========
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
  Basic...................................................      19,614       19,614       21,588
                                                            ==========   ==========   ==========
  Diluted.................................................      19,614       19,614       22,459
                                                            ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   35
 
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            COMMON              ADDITIONAL
                                            STOCK      COMMON    PAID IN       DEFERRED     SHAREHOLDER   ACCUMULATED
                                           (SHARES)    STOCK     CAPITAL     COMPENSATION      NOTES        DEFICIT      TOTAL
                                          ----------   ------   ----------   ------------   -----------   -----------   --------
                                                                       (IN 000'S EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1995................  19,196,472    $192     $     --       $  --          $ (45)      $ (9,320)    $ (9,173)
Issuance of warrants in connection with
  financing.............................          --      --        1,080          --             --             --        1,080
Repurchase of shareholder interests.....          --      --         (468)         --             --             --         (468)
Tax and other distributions to
  shareholders..........................          --      --         (545)         --             --             --         (545)
Capital contributions...................          --      --          463          --           (364)            --           99
Other...................................          --      --          (83)         --             83             --           --
Net loss................................          --      --           --          --             --        (24,942)     (24,942)
                                          ----------    ----     --------       -----          -----       --------     --------
Balance, January 1, 1996................  19,196,472     192          447          --           (326)       (34,262)     (33,949)
Repurchase and conversion of shareholder
  interests.............................          --      --       (9,811)         --             --             --       (9,811)
Return on preferred interests...........          --      --       (1,671)         --             --             --       (1,671)
Capital contributions...................          --      --       14,652        (312)          (624)            --       13,716
Other...................................          --      --         (111)         16             (5)            --         (100)
Net loss................................          --      --           --          --             --         (3,865)      (3,865)
                                          ----------    ----     --------       -----          -----       --------     --------
Balance, January 1, 1997................  19,196,472     192        3,506        (296)          (955)       (38,127)     (35,680)
Return on preferred interests...........          --      --       (1,744)         --             --             --       (1,744)
Repurchase of shareholder interests.....     (53,992)     --         (612)         --             53             --         (559)
Issuance of common stock through IPO,
  net...................................   3,944,978      39       60,999          --             --             --       61,038
Issuance of common stock upon exercise
  of Company option for all capital
  stock of Staff Acquisition, Inc.......     417,900       4          137          --             --             --          141
Tax benefit of restricted stock plan
  vesting...............................          --      --        3,208          --             --             --        3,208
Capital contributions...................          --      --          324        (279)           (45)            --           --
Other...................................          --      --           59         144            758             --          961
Net income..............................          --      --           --          --             --         30,783       30,783
                                          ----------    ----     --------       -----          -----       --------     --------
Balance, December 31, 1997..............  23,505,358    $235     $ 65,877       $(431)         $(189)      $ (7,344)    $ 58,148
                                          ==========    ====     ========       =====          =====       ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   36
 
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                1995       1996       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                        (IN 000'S)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income(loss)..........................................  $(24,942)  $ (3,865)  $ 30,783
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
     provided by (used in) operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization..........................     3,219      3,154      4,542
     Increase in deferred tax asset, net....................        --         --     (5,222)
     Amortization and write-off of debt issuance costs......       668        560        957
     Fixed asset obsolescence...............................        --         --        885
     Provision for bad debts................................     1,476        651        820
     Amortization of original issue discount................     1,080         --         --
     Other..................................................        91        (75)       260
     Changes in operating working capital:
       Increase in certificates of deposit -- restricted....        --         --     (8,406)
       Increase in accounts receivable......................   (11,413)    (7,864)    (1,678)
       Decrease in other current assets.....................     1,064        364        276
       Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other
          accrued liabilities...............................     8,405      1,712     (3,578)
       Increase in accrued payroll and payroll taxes........    12,208      6,393      1,557
       Increase (decrease) in accrued insurance premiums and
          health reserves...................................    12,969     (4,672)     6,263
       Increase in customer deposits and prepayments........       101        578        725
       (Increase) decrease in other long-term assets........        --         34        (89)
       Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities...        --      1,159       (538)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating
            activities......................................     4,926     (1,871)    27,557
                                                              --------   --------   --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of marketable securities, net....................        --         --    (19,910)
  Capital expenditures......................................   (11,619)    (5,923)    (7,100)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
          Net cash used in investing activities.............   (11,619)    (5,923)   (27,010)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Repayments of revolving credit, net.......................    (3,300)    (2,500)        --
  Proceeds from sale-leaseback of fixed assets..............     3,439        597         --
  Proceeds from sale of common shares from IPO, net of
     expenses of $6,060.....................................        --         --     61,038
  Capital contributions, net of shareholder notes receivable
     and issuance costs.....................................     2,099     21,103        370
  Repayment of shareholders' notes receivable...............        --         13        877
  Repurchase of common shareholders' interests..............      (468)    (3,051)      (559)
  Repurchase of shareholders' interests, including fixed
     return.................................................        --       (139)   (19,788)
  Tax and other distributions to shareholders...............      (545)        --         --
  Repayments of capital leases..............................      (786)    (1,920)    (3,746)
  Repayments of long-term debt..............................    (1,050)    (6,250)   (17,700)
  Debt issuance costs.......................................      (297)       (60)        --
                                                              --------   --------   --------
          Net cash provided by (used in) financing
            activities......................................      (908)     7,793     20,492
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........    (7,601)        (1)    21,039
Cash and cash equivalents -- beginning of year..............     7,614         13         12
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Cash and cash equivalents -- end of year....................  $     13   $     12   $ 21,051
                                                              ========   ========   ========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Interest paid.............................................  $  3,438   $  3,485   $  1,020
                                                              ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   37
 
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Principles of Consolidation -- The accompanying consolidated financial
statements include the accounts of Staff Leasing, Inc. and all of its
subsidiaries: Staff Acquisition, Inc.; Staff Insurance, Inc.; Staff Capital,
L.P.; and the operating limited partnerships ("OLPs") of Staff Capital, L.P.:
Staff Leasing, L.P.; Staff Leasing II, L.P.; Staff Leasing III, L.P.; Staff
Leasing IV, L.P.; Staff Leasing V, L.P.; Staff Leasing of Georgia, L.P.; Staff
Leasing of Georgia II, L.P.; Staff Leasing of Georgia III, L.P.; Staff Leasing
of Texas, L.P.; and Staff Leasing of Texas II, L.P. (collectively, the
"Company"). All significant intercompany balances have been eliminated.
 
     The Company is headquartered in Bradenton, Florida and provides
professional employer services to small to medium-sized businesses in the states
of Florida, Texas, Georgia, Arizona and Minnesota. The Company, through its
subsidiaries, provides a broad range of services, including payroll
administration, risk management, benefits administration, unemployment services
and other human resource management services to their clients. The Company is
paid a service fee to cover the cost of certain employment related taxes,
workers' compensation insurance coverage and administration and field services,
plus a markup to cover overhead and to provide a profit.
 
     Basis of Presentation -- Effective July 1, 1997, the Company completed a
reorganization (See Note 2) which was accounted for as a pooling of interests
among entities under common control. As a result, common stock, which replaced
previous preferred and common partnership interests, has been reflected in these
financial statements as being issued as of the earliest date presented. Prior to
the reorganization, the Company operated as Staff Capital, L.P.
 
     Use of Estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. The Company's most significant estimate relates to
the reserve for health benefit claims. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
 
     Property and Equipment -- Property and equipment are stated at cost.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the
remaining estimated useful lives of the related assets or lease terms, as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS
                                                              ------
<S>                                                           <C>
Automobiles.................................................    5
Computer hardware and software..............................  3 to 7
Furniture and equipment.....................................  5 to 7
Leasehold improvements......................................    10
</TABLE>
 
     Goodwill -- Goodwill is being amortized using the straight-line method over
a period of 20 years. The Company continually evaluates the reasonableness of
its amortization of goodwill. In addition, if it becomes probable that expected
future undiscounted cash flows associated with goodwill is less than its
carrying value, the asset is written down to fair value.
 
     Statement of Cash Flows -- During 1996, the Company entered into several
capital leases which were repaid in full in 1997. Also during 1996, $2,198 of
existing preferred limited interests were converted to Class A Interests and
$6,773 of common limited partnership interests were converted to Class B
Interests. In addition, $14,118 of Class A Interests were converted into common
shares of the Company. The increase in deferred tax asset, net of deferred tax
liability, includes $3,208, which relates to the vesting of restricted stock in
1997. This amount was recorded to Additional Paid In Capital.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   38
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     Cash equivalents are defined as short-term investments with original
maturities of three months or less.
 
     Revenue Recognition -- Service revenues are recognized in the period in
which the worksite employee works. The accrual for payroll and payroll taxes
represents the portion of payroll paid subsequent to year end for which the
worksite employee worked prior to year end.
 
     Sales and Marketing Commissions and Client Referral Fees -- Sales and
marketing commissions and client referral fees are expensed as incurred. Such
expenses are classified as salaries, wages and commissions in the consolidated
statement of operations.
 
     Workers' Compensation -- Workers' compensation claims incurred by worksite
employees are fully insured through a guaranteed cost arrangement with Liberty
Mutual Insurance Company.
 
     Health Benefits -- Health benefit claims incurred by worksite employees
under the health benefit plans are expensed as incurred according to the terms
of each contract (See Note 9).
 
     Stock-Based Compensation -- In 1996, the Company adopted the provisions of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123"). SFAS No. 123 encourages, but does not require
companies to record at fair value compensation cost for stock-based employee
compensation plans. The Company accounts for equity-based compensation
arrangements under the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations.
 
     Income Taxes -- The Company records income tax expense using the asset and
liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Under such method,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the financial statements and the
income tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities.
 
     Earnings Per Share -- During the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company
adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
"Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS No. 128"), as required, and restated previously
recorded earnings per share in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 128. The
new standard specifies the computation, presentation and disclosure requirements
for earnings per share.
 
     Reclassifications -- Certain reclassifications of prior year amounts have
been made in order to conform with current year presentations.
 
2.  REORGANIZATION AND INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
 
     Effective July 1, 1997, a reorganization (the "Reorganization") was
consummated whereby the Company became the sole limited partner of Staff
Capital, L.P. Staff Acquisition, Inc. ("Staff Acquisition") is the sole general
partner of Staff Capital, L.P. and each of the OLPs.
 
     Pursuant to the Reorganization all of the holders of the common limited
partnership interests in Staff Capital, L.P. exchanged their partnership
interests for 17,122,205 shares of common stock in the Company. Certain of the
preferred limited partnership interests were exchanged for 2,074,267 shares of
common stock in the Company and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,352,253
shares of common stock in the Company with an exercise price of $7.24 per share.
 
     In addition, Charles S. Craig, the Chairman and CEO of the Company and
owner of all the issued and outstanding capital stock of Staff Acquisition,
Inc., the general partner of Staff Capital, granted to the Company an option to
exchange the stock of Staff Acquisition for 417,900 shares of the Company's
common stock. The number of shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Craig in
connection with the exercise of such option was determined on the same basis
used to determine the number of shares of common stock issued in
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   39
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
exchange for the partnership interests of Staff Capital, L.P. On September 30,
1997, the Company exercised this option.
 
     The Reorganization was accounted for as a combination among entities under
common control and accordingly, for financial statement presentation purposes,
the Reorganization was treated as a pooling of interests of the Company and
Staff Capital, L.P. as of and for the periods presented.
 
     In conjunction with the Reorganization, on July 1, 1997, the Company
completed an initial public offering (the "IPO") of 3,500,000 shares of its
common stock. The Company subsequently issued an additional 444,978 shares
resulting from the exercise of certain overallotment provisions for a total
issuance of 3,944,978 shares. In conjunction with this offering, 655,022 shares
were sold on behalf of certain selling shareholders, for an aggregate offering
price of $11 million. The IPO expenses incurred by the Company through December
31, 1997 totaled approximately $6.0 million, including $4.7 million of
underwriting discounts and commissions, and approximately $1.3 million of other
expenses.
 
     Net proceeds raised from the IPO, including overallotment, amounted to
approximately $61,038. The net proceeds from the IPO were used to redeem
preferred partnership interests of $16,294, including accrued fixed return of
$2,552, and to repay outstanding long-term debt of $15,200. The remainder has
been allocated for general corporate purposes. Reorganization related expenses
as of July 1, 1997, included: (i) the write-off of $714 in unamortized deferred
financing costs associated with the repayment of the Company's long-term debt;
(ii) the write-off of $163 in unamortized organization costs associated with the
reorganization of the structure of the limited partnerships; and (iii) $962 of
accelerated accretion associated with the early redemption of the preferred
partnership interests.
 
3.  CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT -- RESTRICTED
 
     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had certificates of deposit, with
original maturities of less than one year, that serve as collateral for certain
standby letters of credit issued in connection with the Company's health benefit
plans. Due to the short maturity of these instruments, the carrying amount
approximates fair value. These interest-bearing certificates of deposit have
been classified as restricted in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
The interest earned on these certificates is recognized as interest income on
the Company's consolidated statement of operations.
 
4.  MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had marketable securities with
contractual maturities of less than one year from the date of purchase. All of
the Company's investments in marketable securities are classified as
available-for-sale and are carried at cost plus accrued interest, which
approximates fair market value.
 
5.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
     At December 31, 1996 and 1997, accounts receivable consisted of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1996      1997
                                                              -------   -------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
Billed to clients...........................................  $11,041   $19,888
Unbilled revenues...........................................   23,355    15,761
                                                              -------   -------
                                                               34,396    35,649
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts.......................     (440)     (835)
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              $33,956   $34,814
                                                              =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   40
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
6.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     At December 31, 1996 and 1997, property and equipment (at cost) was
comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1996      1997
                                                              -------   -------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
Leasehold improvements......................................  $ 1,083   $ 1,318
Furniture and fixtures......................................    1,337     1,456
Vehicles....................................................      163       120
Equipment...................................................      562     1,367
Computer hardware and software..............................   16,746    20,510
                                                              -------   -------
Total property and equipment ...............................   19,891    24,771
Less accumulated depreciation...............................   (3,079)   (5,284)
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              $16,812   $19,487
                                                              =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
     For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997 depreciation expense
was $2,285, $2,257 and $3,505, respectively.
 
7.  OTHER ASSETS
 
     Included in other current assets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 were
prepaid expenses, short-term deposits and other miscellaneous receivables.
 
     Other non-current assets as of December 31, 1996 included debt issuance
costs of $2,223, organization costs of $612, and non-compete covenant costs of
$265, net of accumulated amortization; and long-term deposits.
 
     During 1997, the unamortized debt issuance and organization costs were
written off in full (See note 2). The remaining non-compete covenant costs are
being amortized over the lives of the agreements. Also included in non-current
assets at December 31, 1997 were miscellaneous long-term deposits.
 
     For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997, total amortization
expense, including annual amortization of goodwill of $733 per year, was $1,580,
$897, and $1,038, respectively.
 
8.  LONG TERM DEBT
 
     In 1996, the Company had a $25,000 term loan and a revolving credit
facility of $10,000, of which $5,000 was available as a letter of credit
facility. The long-term portion of this debt totaled $12,700 at December 31,
1996. This debt was repaid in full and the security terminated on July 1, 1997.
 
     Staff Leasing's debt also consisted of $3,746 in capital lease obligations
as of December 31, 1996. All but one of the capital leases were entered into
during 1995 and primarily represented leases for computer hardware, software and
equipment. These leases were repaid in full in July, 1997. The effective
interest rate on these borrowings and capital lease obligations as of December
31, 1996 approximated 9.9%. The carrying amount of the Company's long-term debt
at December 31, 1996 approximated fair value.
 
     On December 11, 1997, the Company entered into a $20,000 credit agreement
with NationsBank, NA. The credit agreement provides for an acquisition loan
facility through December 11, 2000. Borrowings under the credit agreement bear
interest, at the borrower's option, at either the base rate, or the Eurodollar
rate, plus the applicable margin as defined in the credit agreement. Interest is
generally payable quarterly in arrears unless otherwise specified in the credit
agreement. In addition, the Company must pay a commitment fee of 0.2% to 0.5% on
the unutilized revolving loan commitment. Any borrowings under the revolver are
guaranteed by each of the subsidiaries. Staff Capital has agreed to reimburse
its subsidiaries for any payments they make
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   41
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
under this guarantee. In addition, the Company has pledged its equity interest
in its subsidiaries as collateral under this credit agreement.
 
     The credit agreement contains customary events of default and covenants
which restricts the Company's ability to (among other things): incur additional
indebtedness in excess of a specified amount; pay dividends; create liens and
engage in certain mergers or combinations without the prior written consent of
the lender. The credit agreement also contains certain financial covenants
related to debt and interest coverage, net worth and other financial ratios.
There were no amounts outstanding under this credit agreement as of December 31,
1997.
 
     As of December 31, 1997, the Company had $8,250 in standby collateralized
letters of credit issued in conjunction with the Company's health benefit plans.
These letters of credit were unused as of December 31, 1997.
 
     In addition to the above, Staff Leasing has the right to defer up to
$10,000 of payments to a key vendor. All deferred payments must be repaid on or
before September 30, 1999. No amounts have been deferred as of December 31,
1997.
 
9.  HEALTH BENEFITS
 
     The Company currently provides health benefits to those worksite employees
electing coverage. For health benefit plans in Florida, the Company's ultimate
liability for its health benefit claims is capped at a factor based on premiums
as set forth in the Company's minimum premium agreement with its health
insurance carrier, with stop loss coverage per covered employee provided at 125%
and 115% of projected claims in the 1996 and 1997 plan years, respectively. For
health benefit plans in Texas, Georgia, Arizona and Minnesota, the Company's
health benefit liabilities are equal to its premiums paid. Worksite employees
who elect coverage are fully insured subject to the terms of coverage under the
health benefit plans.
 
     In October 1994, the Company conducted an open-enrollment in order to
increase participation in its health benefit plan. During 1995, the Company
incurred significantly higher claims under this plan than projected. The effect
of the above plus charges incurred for consultants and vendors in connection
with the 1995 health benefit plan was an expense of $20,600. The Company
commenced corrective actions in 1995.
 
     During 1996, the Company increased premiums charged to the worksite
employees for health benefits and redesigned its benefit offerings to help
reduce the level of subsidies experienced during 1995. For the year ended
December 31, 1996, the Company recorded a health benefit plan subsidy of
$10,100. In 1997, this subsidy was reduced to $2,500. Favorable experience on
the maturation or run-out of 1996 health claims enabled the Company to reduce
its reserve for health benefit claims by $3,500, which was recognized in 1997.
 
     Year-end liabilities for health benefit loss reserves were based upon
actuarial estimates of claims incurred under the health plans at December 31,
1996 and 1997, but not reported. The actual ultimate liability may differ from
these actuarial estimates. The accrual for these reserves at December 31, 1996
and 1997 totaled $8,900 and $8,450, respectively, of which $1,000 is classified
as long-term for both years.
 
10.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     Operating Leases -- The Company occupies office facilities and lease office
equipment under operating leases which expire in various years through 2005.
Lease expense was $1,887, $2,602 and $3,352 for the years ended December 31,
1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. During 1996 and 1997, approximately $433 and
$270, respectively, of lease expense related to certain automobile leases was
paid to an entity owned by a shareholder.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   42
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     Future minimum payments under noncancellable operating leases as of
December 31, 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                      AMOUNT
- ------------------------                                      -------
<S>                                                           <C>
1998........................................................  $ 2,755
1999........................................................    2,453
2000........................................................    2,012
2001........................................................    1,783
2002........................................................    1,610
Thereafter..................................................    4,543
                                                              -------
                                                              $15,156
                                                              =======
</TABLE>
 
     Staff Leasing has entered into a five-year employment contract with a
shareholder which requires annual payments of $362. There is one year remaining
under this commitment.
 
     The Company is a party to certain pending claims which have arisen in the
normal course of business, none of which, in the opinion of management, is
expected to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial
position or results of operations if adversely resolved.
 
     The Company's employer and health care operations are subject to numerous
federal, state and local laws related to employment, taxes and benefit plan
matters. Generally, these regulations affect all companies in the U.S. However,
the regulatory environment for professional employer organizations ("PEOs") is
an evolving area due to uncertainties resulting from the non-traditional
employment relationships. Many federal and state laws relating to tax and
employment matters were enacted prior to the development of PEOs and do not
specifically address the obligations and responsibilities of these PEO
relationships. If the IRS concludes that PEOs, are not "employers" of certain
worksite employees for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"), the tax qualified status of the Company's 401(k) retirement plan
as in effect prior to April 1, 1997 could be revoked, its cafeteria plan may
lose its favorable tax status and the Company may no longer be able to assume
the client's federal employment tax withholding obligations. Any adverse
developments in the above noted areas could have a material effect on the
Company's financial condition and future results of operations.
 
11.  RELATED PARTIES
 
     The Company entered into a management agreement with certain of its
shareholders whereby they agreed to provide management support and financial
services with respect to the operation and management of the Company. The
agreement required an annual fee in the amount of $300 and $375 for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The management agreement
terminated in March 1997 with $67 of expense recorded for the year ended
December 31, 1997. During 1996, the Company paid consulting fees to a
shareholder of $510 in connection with a private placement made by the Company.
 
12.  RETIREMENT PLAN
 
     The Company currently offers a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan
to its internal employees as well as its external worksite employees. The
Company does not match any portion of such employees' elective contributions.
Effective April 1, 1997, the Company offered a new 401(k) plan to its employees
which is designed to be a "multiple employer" plan under the Internal Revenue
Code Section 413(c). This new plan enables employee-owners, as well as highly
compensated internal and external employees of the Company to participate. Such
persons were excluded from the former 401(k) plan to avoid issues of
discrimination in favor of highly-compensated employees.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   43
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
13.  GEOGRAPHIC MARKET CONCENTRATION AND DEPENDENCE ON KEY VENDORS
 
     Geographic Market Concentration -- As of December 31, 1997, Staff Leasing
had offices in five states and worksite employees in 41 states. Staff Leasing's
Florida client revenues accounted for 91%, 82% and 79% of the Company's total
revenues in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. As a result of the size of Staff
Leasing's base of worksite employees in Florida and continued growth from its
Florida operations, Staff Leasing's profitability over the next several years is
expected to be largely dependent on economic and regulatory conditions in
Florida. Any adverse change in either of these conditions could have a material
adverse effect on Staff Leasing's profitability and growth prospects.
 
     In addition, 28% of the Company's revenues, accounting for more than half
of its gross profits in 1997, were generated by clients in the construction
industry. The level of activity in the construction market depends on many
factors, including interest rates, availability of financing, demographic trends
and economic outlook. Consequently, such level of activity is determined by
factors that are not within the Company's control. A reduction in the level of
activity in the construction industry within the markets in which the Company
operates could have a material adverse effect on the Company's profitability and
growth prospects.
 
     Dependence on Key Vendors -- The maintenance of health insurance plans that
cover worksite employees is a significant part of Staff Leasing's business. The
current health contracts are provided by vendors with whom Staff Leasing has
recently established relationships, on terms that Staff Leasing believes to be
favorable. While the Company believes that replacement contracts could be
obtained on competitive terms with other carriers, such replacement could cause
a significant disruption to Staff Leasing's business resulting in a decrease in
client retention and general dissatisfaction with Staff Leasing's service
offering. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on Staff Leasing's
future results of operations or financial condition.
 
     Staff Leasing's workers' compensation policy provided by its current
vendor, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, was initially issued in March 1994 and
its renewal term does not expire until December 31, 1999. In the event Staff
Leasing is unable to renew or replace such policy on the same or more favorable
terms, such failure could have a material adverse effect on Staff Leasing's
future results of operations or financial condition.
 
14.  REDEEMABLE PREFERRED INTERESTS
 
     Redeemable preferred interests as of December 31, 1996 consisted of two
classes of limited partnership interests in Staff Capital, L.P. as follows:
 
          Class A Interests -- which were issued in series A-1, A-2 and A-3, and
     were mandatorily redeemable at face value plus accrued fixed return on the
     earlier of March 31, 2001 or at the consummation of an initial public
     offering of additional securities. The Class A Interests earned a fixed
     return of 8% per annum until April 30, 1997, and 10% per annum subsequent
     to April 30, 1997. For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Class A
     Interests totaled $24,302, net of contribution notes receivable of $585.
     This total included an accrued fixed return of $1,270 and a $170 accretion
     of discount representing the 1996 amortization of the initial issuance fees
     associated with Class A Interests. Class A Interests were also redeemed in
     1997 pursuant to the Reorganization for a combination of cash, common
     stock, and common stock and warrants to purchase common stock (See note 2).
 
          Consistent with the pooling of interests method of financial
     presentation and the exercise preferences of the limited partners at the
     Reorganization, $14,118 of Class A Interests, which were outstanding as of
     December 31, 1996, were retroactively restated as common shares for all
     periods presented. Of the return of $1,772 and $2,391 for the years ended
     December 31, 1996 and 1997, $101 and $647, respectively, represented that
     portion earned on Class A Interests which was converted into common stock
     in
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   44
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     connection with the Company's reorganization (See note 2). This amount was
     credited to Additional Paid In Capital for the years indicated.
 
          Class B Interests -- which earned a fixed return of 5.86% per annum
     and were mandatorily redeemable at face value plus accrued fixed return on
     the earlier of July 1, 1997 or at the consummation of an initial public
     offering of additional securities. At December 31, 1996, $6,906 in Class B
     Interests were outstanding, which included an accrued fixed return of $134.
     In 1997, in conjunction with the Reorganization, all of these Interests
     were redeemed in full for cash.
 
15.  EQUITY
 
RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN
 
     Certain members of Staff Leasing's management have purchased common shares
at prices based upon a formula derived from the original acquisition price of
the entities acquired by Staff Capital, L.P. in November, 1993. Prior to July
1995, such common shares could be sold only to Staff Leasing and were not freely
transferable. The sales price that Staff Leasing would pay was based upon the
same formula used to derive the original purchase price. In July, 1995 Staff
Leasing enacted a vesting schedule whereby the above-noted restrictions
generally would lapse over a four year vesting period commencing with the first
anniversary subsequent to the date of purchase. Accordingly, Staff Leasing
obtained appraisals in order to derive estimated fair values of the purchased
common shares then owned as of July 1995 and subsequently purchased and recorded
deferred compensation expense to the extent that the estimated fair values
exceeded the purchase prices. Deferred compensation is being amortized on a
straight-line basis over the vesting period. Compensation expense recorded for
the years ended December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997 was $16 and $138,
respectively. Deferred compensation was $296 at December 31, 1996 and $431 at
December 31, 1997. Following the Reorganization, the Company ceased further
grants under this plan.
 
WARRANTS
 
     Pursuant to the Reorganization (See note 2), warrants to purchase 1,352,253
shares of common stock at the exercise price of $7.24 per share were issued to
redeem certain preferred limited partnership interests in July 1997. All of
these warrants, which were exercisable beginning June 25, 1997, were outstanding
as of December 31, 1997. An equivalent number of shares of stock was reserved as
of December 31, 1997 to meet this contractual commitment. The warrants expire on
March 31, 2001.
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     In 1997, Staff Leasing adopted the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan").
The Plan provides for options to be granted to key employees, officers, and
directors of Staff Leasing, for the purchase of up to 2,500,000 shares of common
stock. Options granted under the plan have a vesting period of 4 or 5 years, and
may not be exercised more than 10 years from the date of the grant. Some of the
options granted have vesting restrictions based on stock price performance.
 
     The following table summarizes the activity in the Plan for the year ended
December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    OPTIONS                                              OPTIONS
 OUTSTANDING,                                         OUTSTANDING,
JANUARY 1, 1997   GRANTED   CANCELLED   EXERCISED   DECEMBER 31, 1997
- ---------------   -------   ---------   ---------   -----------------
<S>               <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
       0          684,244    33,018         0            651,226
       ==         =======    ======         ==           =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   45
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     Components of stock options under this Plan as of December 31, 1997 are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    OUTSTANDING      WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
   RANGE OF            AS OF            REMAINING       WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICES  DECEMBER 31, 1997   CONTRACTUAL LIFE    EXERCISE PRICE
- ---------------  -----------------   ----------------   ----------------
<S>              <C>                 <C>                <C>
$17.00 - $18.99       613,726           9.6 Years            $17.26
$19.00 - $20.99        11,500           9.7 Years             19.88
$21.00 - $22.99         6,000           9.6 Years             21.88
$23.00 - $24.99        20,000           9.7 Years             23.93
                      -------           ---------            ------
                      651,226           9.6 Years            $17.55
                      =======           =========            ======
</TABLE>
 
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," the fair value of option grants
is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model
for proforma footnote purposes with the following assumptions: 1) expected
option life of 6 years, 2) dividend yield of 0%, 3) risk-free interest rate of
5.66%, and 4) expected volatility of 42.0%. Using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model, the weighted average fair value was calculated to be $8.72 for
all options granted during the year.
 
     As permitted by SFAS No. 123, Staff Leasing has elected to continue to
account for its Plan in accordance with APB Opinion 25 and related
Interpretations in accounting. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been
recognized for the Plan. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option
plan been determined based on the fair value at the grant date consistent with
the method of SFAS No. 123, Staff Leasing's net income attributable to common
shareholders and net income per share would have been reduced to the pro forma
amounts indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997
                                                              -------
<S>                                                           <C>
Net income attributable to common shareholders
  As reported...............................................  $28,392
  Pro forma.................................................   28,181
Basic net income per share attributable to common
  shareholders
  As reported...............................................  $  1.32
  Pro forma.................................................     1.31
Diluted net income per share attributable to common
  shareholders
  As reported...............................................  $  1.26
  Pro forma.................................................     1.25
</TABLE>
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
     Effective January 1, 1998, Staff Leasing has adopted an employee stock
purchase plan. All full-time employees are eligible to participate after 90 days
of employment. Under the terms of this plan, employees can choose each year to
have up to 100% of their annual base earnings withheld to purchase Staff
Leasing's common stock on the open market. Staff Leasing absorbs all transaction
costs and administrative fees associated with stock purchases through this plan.
 
SHAREHOLDER NOTES RECEIVABLE
 
     Shareholder notes receivable consisted of forty-four notes in an aggregate
amount of $955 at December 31, 1996 and thirteen notes in an aggregate amount of
$189 at December 31, 1997 from common shareholders. Principal under these notes
is due on March 31, 2001. Interest is payable at rates ranging from 6.36% to
9.6875% per annum.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   46
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
16.  INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company records income tax expense using the asset and liability method
of accounting for deferred income taxes. Under such method, deferred tax assets
and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of
temporary differences between the financial statement and the income tax bases
of the Company's assets and liabilities. An allowance is recorded when it is
more likely than not that any or all of a deferred tax asset will not be
realized. The provision for income taxes includes taxes currently payable plus
the net change during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded
by the Company.
 
     For the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for the six month period
ended June 30, 1997, the Company operated through limited partnerships.
Accordingly, all earnings or losses were passed directly to the partners and no
provision for income taxes was required.
 
     Prior to December 31, 1997, a valuation allowance had been recorded with
respect to the Company's deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 1997, such
valuation allowance was adjusted and the benefit of the deferred tax assets was
recognized in the income statement.
 
     The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the year ended December 31,
1997 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             CURRENT   DEFERRED    TOTAL
                                                             -------   --------   -------
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>        <C>
U.S. federal...............................................  $1,528    $(6,402)   $(4,874)
State and local............................................     109       (457)      (348)
                                                             ------    -------    -------
Total provision (benefit)..................................  $1,637    $(6,859)   $(5,222)
                                                             ======    =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
     A reconciliation of the income tax provision (benefit) at the statutory
U.S. federal rate to the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 1997
is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Statutory U.S. federal tax at 35%...........................  $  8,946
Increase (reduction) from:
State income taxes, less federal benefit....................       928
Reduction in valuation allowance to recognize deferred tax
  benefit for change in tax status..........................   (10,172)
Tax benefit of income allocated to Staff Acquisition,
  Inc.......................................................    (4,551)
Tax credits.................................................      (502)
Other, net..................................................       129
                                                              --------
Income tax benefit..........................................  $ (5,222)
                                                              ========
Effective tax rate..........................................     (20.4)%
                                                              ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   47
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities included on the
balance sheet at December 31, 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
Tax basis in excess of book basis of intangible assets......  $ 6,635
Accruals and reserves not currently deductible..............    2,923
Tax loss carryforward.......................................    1,571
                                                              -------
Total deferred tax assets...................................   11,129
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
Depreciation................................................   (2,699)
                                                              -------
Net deferred tax asset......................................  $ 8,430
                                                              =======
BALANCE SHEET CLASSIFICATION:
Current assets:
  Deferred income taxes.....................................  $ 4,494
Non-current assets:
  Deferred income taxes.....................................    6,635
Non-current liabilities:
  Deferred income taxes.....................................   (2,699)
                                                              -------
Net deferred tax asset......................................  $ 8,430
                                                              =======
</TABLE>
 
     No income taxes were paid during 1995, 1996 and 1997. As of December 31,
1997, the Company had net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards for income tax
purposes of $3,763 which will expire, if unused, as of December 31, 2012 and tax
credits of $375, which will expire as of December 31, 2012.
 
17.  NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
     The number of potential common stock equivalents included in the diluted
weighted average common shares outstanding, for the years ended December 31,
1996 and 1997, related to the warrants issued in connection with the
Reorganization was -0- and 842,804, respectively. The number of potential common
stock equivalents included in the diluted weighted average common shares
outstanding, for the year ended December 31, 1997, related to the options
granted in connection with the Company's stock option plan was 28,264. Also
included in weighted average common shares outstanding for the year ended
December 31, 1996, were contingently issuable shares totaling 417,900 associated
with the exchange for all the stock of Staff Acquisition.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   48
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     The reconciliation of net income attributable to common stock and shares
outstanding for the purposes of calculating basic and diluted earnings per share
for the three years ending December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       INCOME         SHARES       PER SHARE
                                                     (NUMERATOR)   (DENOMINATOR)    AMOUNT
                                                     -----------   -------------   ---------
                                                     (IN 000'S)     (IN 000'S)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>             <C>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 1995:
Net loss...........................................   $(24,942)
Less: Return on preferred interests................         --
                                                      --------
Basic EPS:
Net loss attributable to common shareholders.......   $(24,942)       19,614        $(1.27)
                                                      ========        ======        ======
Diluted EPS:
Net loss attributable to common shareholders.......   $(24,942)       19,614        $(1.27)
                                                      ========        ======        ======
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 1996:
Net loss...........................................   $ (3,865)
Less: Return on preferred interests................     (1,772)
                                                      --------
Basic EPS:
Net loss attributable to common shareholders.......   $ (5,637)       19,614        $(0.29)
                                                      ========        ======        ======
Diluted EPS:
Net loss attributable to common shareholders.......   $ (5,637)       19,614        $(0.29)
                                                      ========        ======        ======
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 1997:
Net income.........................................   $ 30,783
Less: Return on preferred interests................     (2,391)
                                                      --------
Basic EPS:
Net income attributable to common shareholders.....   $ 28,392        21,588        $ 1.32
                                                      ========                      ======
Effect of dilutive securities:
Warrants...........................................                      843
Options............................................                       28
                                                                      ------
Diluted EPS:
Net income attributable to common shareholders.....   $ 28,392        22,459        $ 1.26
                                                      ========        ======        ======
</TABLE>
 
     Options to purchase 37,500 shares of common stock at prices ranging from
$19.75 to $24.75 per share were outstanding during a portion of 1997, but were
not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options' exercise
price was greater than the average market price for 1997 of $19.21 per common
share. These options, which expire in 2007 were outstanding at the end of 1997.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   49
                      STAFF LEASING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                       (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
18.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
     The following table presents certain unaudited results of operations data
for the interim quarterly periods during the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1997. The Company believes that all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the results of operations in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, have been made. The
results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of
the operating results for a full year or any future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     QUARTER ENDED
                            ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1996                             1997
                            ---------------------------------------------------   ---------
                            MARCH 31    JUNE 30    SEPTEMBER 30    DECEMBER 31    MARCH 31
                            ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
                                           (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                         <C>         <C>        <C>             <C>            <C>
Revenues..................  $324,720    $350,472     $367,484        $389,455     $402,455
Gross profit..............  $ 13,289    $ 14,902     $ 15,734        $ 15,580     $ 19,895
Gross profit margin.......       4.1%        4.3%         4.3%            4.0%         4.9%
Operating income (loss)...  $   (668)   $    490     $   (220)       $    (43)    $  3,424
Net income (loss).........  $ (1,695)   $   (465)    $   (958)       $   (747)    $  2,711
Net income (loss) per
  share attributable to
  common shareholders:
  Basic...................  $   (.09)   $   (.05)    $   (.08)       $   (.07)    $    .10
  Diluted.................  $   (.09)   $   (.05)    $   (.08)       $   (.07)    $    .10
 
<CAPTION>
                                         QUARTER ENDED
                            ---------------------------------------
                                             1997
                            ---------------------------------------
                            JUNE 30    SEPTEMBER 30    DECEMBER 31
                            --------   -------------   ------------
                               (IN 000'S, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                         <C>        <C>             <C>
Revenues..................  $448,075     $480,902        $519,816
Gross profit..............  $ 22,616     $ 25,705        $ 25,772
Gross profit margin.......       5.0%         5.3%            5.0%
Operating income (loss)...  $  5,657     $  8,823        $  8,542
Net income (loss).........  $  4,956     $  8,586        $ 14,530
Net income (loss) per
  share attributable to
  common shareholders:
  Basic...................  $    .22     $    .32        $    .62
  Diluted.................  $    .21     $    .31        $    .59
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   50
 
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                        ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        BALANCE         PROVISION       DETERMINED      ACCOUNT          BALANCE
    JANUARY 1, 1997   FOR BAD DEBTS   UNCOLLECTIBLE    RECOVERIES   DECEMBER 31, 1997
    ---------------   -------------   --------------   ----------   -----------------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C>               <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>
         $440            $  820           $  604          $179            $835
         ====            ======           ======          ====            ====
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        BALANCE         PROVISION       DETERMINED      ACCOUNT          BALANCE
    JANUARY 1, 1996   FOR BAD DEBTS   UNCOLLECTIBLE    RECOVERIES   DECEMBER 31, 1996
    ---------------   -------------   --------------   ----------   -----------------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C>               <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>
         $784            $  651           $1,221          $226            $440
         ====            ======           ======          ====            ====
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        BALANCE         PROVISION       DETERMINED      ACCOUNT          BALANCE
    JANUARY 1, 1995   FOR BAD DEBTS   UNCOLLECTIBLE    RECOVERIES   DECEMBER 31, 1995
    ---------------   -------------   --------------   ----------   -----------------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C>               <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>
         $184            $1,476           $  880          $  4            $784
         ====            ======           ======          ====            ====
</TABLE>
 
                                       S-1

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                         Dated as of December 11, 1997

                                     among

                              STAFF LEASING, INC.
                                  as Borrower,

                       THE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER,
                                 as Guarantors,

                                  THE LENDERS

                                      AND

                               NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                                    as Agent

<PAGE>   2

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS......................................................1

    1.1 Definitions........................................................1
    1.2 Computation of Time Periods.......................................21
    1.3 Accounting Terms..................................................21

SECTION 2 CREDIT FACILITIES...............................................21
    2.1 Revolving Loans...................................................21

SECTION 3 OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO CREDIT FACILITIES..................23
    3.1 Default Rate......................................................23
    3.2 Extension and Conversion..........................................23
    3.3 Prepayments.......................................................24
    3.4 Fees..............................................................25
    3.5 Capital Adequacy..................................................25
    3.6 Inability To Determine Interest Rate..............................25
    3.7 Illegality........................................................26
    3.8 Requirements of Law...............................................26
    3.9 Taxes.............................................................27
    3.10 Indemnity........................ ...............................29
    3.11 Pro Rata Treatment...............................................30
    3.12 Sharing of Payments..............................................30
    3.13 Payments, Computations, Etc......................................31
    3.14 Evidence of Debt.................................................33
    3.15 Replacement Lenders..............................................33

SECTION 4 GUARANTY........................................................34
    4.1 The Guarantee.....................................................34
    4.2 Loans Unconditional...............................................34
    4.3 Reinstatement.....................................................35
    4.4 Remedies..........................................................36
    4.5 Rights of Contribution............................................36
    4.6 Continuing Guarantee..............................................37

SECTION 5 CONDITIONS......................................................37
    5.1 Conditions to Closing.............................................37
    5.2 Conditions to All Extensions of Credit............................40

SECTION 6 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..................................41
    6.1 Financial Condition...............................................41
    6.2 No Changes or Restricted Payments.................................41
    6.3 Organization; Existence; Compliance with Law......................41

</TABLE>

                                       i

<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
    6.4 Power; Authorization; Enforceable Loans...........................42
    6.5 No Legal Bar......................................................42
    6.6 No Material Litigation............................................42
    6.7 No Default........................................................43
    6.8 Ownership of Property; Liens......................................43
    6.9 Intellectual Property.............................................43
    6.10 No Burdensome Restrictions.......................................43
    6.11 Taxes............................................................43
    6.12 ERISA............................................................44
    6.13 Governmental Regulations, Etc....................................45
    6.14 Purpose of Extensions of Credit..................................46
    6.15 Environmental Matters............................................46
    6.16 First Priority Lien..............................................47
    6.17 Subsidiaries.....................................................47
    6.18 Chief Executive Office...........................................47

SECTION 7 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS...........................................47
    7.1 Financial Statements..............................................47
    7.2 Certificates; Other Information...................................48
    7.3 Notices...........................................................49
    7.4 Payment of Loans..................................................50
    7.5 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence..................51
    7.6 Maintenance of Property; Insurance................................51
    7.7 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions............51
    7.8 Environmental Laws................................................52
    7.9 Financial Covenants...............................................52
    7.10 Use of Proceeds..................................................53
    7.11 Additional Guaranties and Stock Pledges..........................53
    7.12 Subsidiaries.....................................................54
    7.12 Principal Place of Business......................................54

SECTION 8 NEGATIVE COVENANTS..............................................54
    8.1 Indebtedness......................................................54
    8.2 Liens.............................................................55
    8.3 Nature of Business................................................55
    8.4 Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Purchase of Assets.................56
    8.5 Advances, Investments and Loans...................................56
    8.6 Restricted Payments...............................................56
    8.7 Transactions with Affiliates......................................57
    8.8 Fiscal Year.......................................................57
    8.9 Limitation on Restrictions........................................57
    8.10 Sale Leasebacks..................................................57
    8.11 No Further Negative Pledges......................................57
    8.12 Capital Expenditures.............................................58
    8.13 Management.......................................................58

</TABLE>

                                      ii

<PAGE>   4

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
    8.14 Subordinated Debt................................................58

SECTION 9 EVENTS OF DEFAULT...............................................58
    9.1 Events of Default.................................................58
    9.2 Acceleration; Remedies............................................61

SECTION 10 AGENCY PROVISIONS..............................................62
    10.1 Appointment......................................................62
    10.2 Delegation of Duties.............................................62
    10.3 Exculpatory Provisions...........................................62
    10.4 Reliance on Communications.......................................63
    10.5 Notice of Default................................................63
    10.6 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders..........................64
    10.7 Indemnification..................................................64
    10.8 Agent in its Individual Capacity.................................65
    10.9 Successor Agent..................................................65

SECTION 11 MISCELLANEOUS..................................................65
    11.1 Notices..........................................................65
    11.2 Right of Set-Off.................................................66
    11.3 Benefit of Agreement.............................................66
    11.4 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative...................................68
    11.5 Payment of Expenses, etc.........................................69
    11.6 Amendments, Waivers and Consents.................................69
    11.7 Counterparts.....................................................70
    11.8 Headings.........................................................70
    11.9 Survival.........................................................70
    11.10 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue................71
    11.11 Severability....................................................71
    11.12 Entirety........................................................72
    11.13 Binding Effect; Termination.....................................72
    11.14 Confidentiality.................................................72
    11.15 Time............................................................73
    11.16 Conflict........................................................73

</TABLE>


                                      iii
<PAGE>   5

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   SCHEDULES

<S>                    <C>

Schedule 1.1(a)        Investments
Schedule 1.1(b)        Liens

Schedule 1.1(c)        Schedule of Lenders and Commitments
Schedule 2.1(b)(i)     Form of Notice of Borrowing
Schedule 2.1(e)        Form of Revolving Note
Schedule 3.2           Form of Notice of Extension/Conversion
Schedule 6.2           Restricted Payments
Schedule 6.17          Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.18          Chief Executive Offices
Schedule 7.2(b)        Form of Officer's Compliance Certificate
Schedule 7.11          Form of Joinder Agreement
Schedule 8.1           Indebtedness
Schedule 8.7           Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 11.1          Notices
Schedule 11.3(b)       Form of Assignment and Acceptance
</TABLE>

                                      iv

<PAGE>   6

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

         THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of December 11, 1997 (the "Credit
Agreement"), is by and among STAFF LEASING, INC., a Florida corporation (the
"Borrower"), each of the Borrower's Subsidiaries (the "Guarantors"), the
lenders named herein and such other lenders as may become a party hereto (the
"Lenders"), and NATIONSBANK, N.A., as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity,
the "Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a
$20,000,000 credit facility for the purposes hereinafter set forth;

         WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to make the requested credit facility
available to the Borrower on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

         NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the premises and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                   SECTION 1
                                  DEFINITIONS

         1.1      DEFINITIONS.

                  As used in this Credit Agreement, the following terms shall
have the meanings specified below unless the context otherwise requires:

                  "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other
         Person (i) directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
         under direct or indirect common control with such Person or (ii)
         directly or indirectly owning or holding five percent (5%) or more of
         the equity interest in such Person. For purposes of this definition,
         "control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to
         direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or
         indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
         contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled"
         have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

                  "Agent" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
         heading hereof, together with any successors or assigns.

                  "Applicable Percentage" means, (i) prior to the Rate Change
         Event for the Loans and the Unused Fee, the appropriate applicable
         percentages corresponding to the Leverage Ratio in effect as of the
         most recent determination date as shown in Table 1 below and (ii)
         after the Rate Change Event, for the Loans and the Unused Fee, the

<PAGE>   7

         appropriate applicable percentages corresponding to the Leverage Ratio
         in effect as of the most recent determination date as shown in Table 2
         below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          TABLE 1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Applicable            Applicable           Applicable 
                                       Percentage For        Percentage For       Percentage for 
  Pricing          Leverage              Eurodollar             Base Rate              For 
   Level            Ratio                   Loans                 Loans            Unused Fees
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>                     <C>                   <C>                  <C>  
     I            -- 1.0 to 1.0             1.25%                   0%                 0.25%
     II         >1.0 to 1.0 but             1.50%                   0%                 0.35%
                 -- 1.5 to 1.0
    III         >1.5 to 1.0 but             1.75%                   0%                 0.45%
                 -- 2.0 to 1.0
     IV         >2.0 to 1.0                  2.0%                   0%                 0.50%
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         TABLE 2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Applicable            Applicable           Applicable 
                                       Percentage For        Percentage For       Percentage for 
  Pricing          Leverage              Eurodollar             Base Rate              For 
   Level            Ratio                   Loans                 Loans            Unused Fees
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>                   <C>                   <C>                  <C>  
     I               --1.0 to 1.0           1.00%                   0%                 0.20%
     II            >1.0 to 1.0 but          1.25%                   0%                 0.25%
                     --1.5 to 1.0
    III            >1.5 to 1.0 but          1.50%                   0%                 0.30%
                     --2.0 to 1.0
     IV            >2.0 to 1.0              1.75%                   0%                 0.35%
</TABLE>

         For purposes hereof, "Rate Change Event" means Lenders' receipt of (i)
         audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries as of the end of fiscal year 1997 in compliance with the
         terms of Section 7.1(a) hereof and (ii) an actuarial study of the
         healthcare plan of the Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to
         the Agent; provided that at the time of the receipt of the items
         referenced in subclauses (i) and (ii) above, no Default or Event of
         Default has occurred.

         The Applicable Percentages shall be determined and adjusted quarterly
         on the date (each a "Calculation Date") five Business Days after the
         date by which the Agent receives the 

                                       2
<PAGE>   8


         officer's certificate provided by the Borrower in accordance with the
         provisions of Section 7.2(b); provided, however, that (i) the initial
         Applicable Percentages shall be based on Pricing Level I in Table 1
         until the first Calculation Date to occur after the Closing Date, and,
         thereafter, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined by the then
         current Leverage Ratio, and (ii) if the Borrower fails to provide the
         officer's certificate to the Agent as required by Section 7.2(b), the
         Applicable Percentages from the date five Business Days after the date
         by which the Borrower should have provided the officer's certificate
         required by Section 7.2(b) shall be based on Pricing Level IV until
         such time as an appropriate officer's certificate is provided,
         whereupon the Pricing Level shall be determined by the then current
         Leverage Ratio. Except as set forth above, each Applicable Percentage
         shall be effective from one Calculation Date until the next
         Calculation Date. Any adjustment in the Applicable Percentages shall
         be applicable to all existing Loans as well as any new Loans made.

                  "Bankruptcy Code" means the Bankruptcy Code in Title 11 of
         the United States Code, as amended, modified, succeeded or replaced
         from time to time.

                  "Bankruptcy Event" means, with respect to any Person, the
         occurrence of any of the following with respect to such Person: (i) a
         court or governmental agency having jurisdiction in the premises shall
         enter a decree or order for relief in respect of such Person in an
         involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other
         similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver,
         liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar
         official) of such Person or for any substantial part of its Property
         or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs; or (ii)
         there shall be commenced against such Person an involuntary case under
         any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
         hereafter in effect, or any case, proceeding or other action for the
         appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
         sequestrator (or similar official) of such Person or for any
         substantial part of its Property or for the winding up or liquidation
         of its affairs, and such involuntary case or other case, proceeding or
         other action shall remain undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a
         period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or (iii) such Person shall
         commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency
         or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the
         entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such
         law, or consent to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver,
         liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar
         official) of such Person or for any substantial part of its Property
         or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iv)
         such Person shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its
         inability to, pay its debts generally as they become due.

                  "Base Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded
         upwards, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%)
         equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such
         day plus 1/2 of 1% or (ii) the Prime Rate in effect on such day. If
         for any reason the Agent shall have determined (which determination
         shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable after due
         inquiry to ascertain the Federal Funds Rate for any reason, including
         the inability or failure of the Agent to obtain 


                                       3
<PAGE>   9


         sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms hereof, the Base
         Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (i) of the first
         sentence of this definition until the circumstances giving rise to
         such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Base Rate due to a
         change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective
         on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal
         Funds Rate, respectively.

                  "Base Rate Loan" means any Loan bearing interest at a rate
         determined by reference to the Base Rate.

                  "Borrower" means Staff Leasing, Inc., a Florida corporation.

                  "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or
         other day on which commercial banks in Sarasota, Florida or Charlotte,
         North Carolina are authorized or required by law to close, except
         that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, such day shall
         also be a day on which dealings between banks are carried on in U.S.
         dollar deposits in London interbank market.

                  "Capital Expenditures" means all expenditures which in
         accordance with GAAP would be classified as capital expenditures,
         including, without limitation, Capital Leases.

                  "Capital Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any lease of
         any Property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as
         lessee which, in accordance with GAAP, is or should be accounted for
         as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

                  "Cash Equivalents" means (a) securities issued or directly
         and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any
         agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and
         credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof)
         having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of
         acquisition, (b) U.S. dollar denominated time deposits, certificates
         of deposit or bankers' acceptances of (i) any Lender, or (ii) any
         domestic commercial bank of recognized standing (y) having capital and
         surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and (z) whose short-term commercial
         paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or
         from Moody's is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such
         Lender being an "Approved Lender"), in each case with maturities of
         not more than 364 days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial
         paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved Lender
         (or by the parent company thereof) and maturing within twelve months
         of the date of acquisition, (d) repurchase agreements entered into by
         a Person with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders)
         or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess
         of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed
         by the United States of America in which such Person shall have a
         perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens)
         and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at
         least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations, (e)
         obligations of any State of the United States or any political
         subdivision thereof, the interest with respect to which is exempt from
         federal income taxation under Section 103 of the Code, having a long
         term rating of at least AA- or Aa-3 by S&P or Moody's,


                                       4
<PAGE>   10



         respectively, and maturing within three years from the date of
         acquisition thereof, (f) Investments in municipal auction preferred
         stock (i) rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or
         Aaa (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody's and (ii) with
         dividends that reset at least once every 365 days and (g) Investments,
         classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market
         investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of
         1940, as amended, which are administered by reputable financial
         institutions having capital of at least $100,000,000 and the
         portfolios of which are limited to Investments of the character
         described in the foregoing subdivisions (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f).

                  "Change of Control" means any Person or two or more Persons
         acting in concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership, directly
         or indirectly, of, or shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or
         shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon
         consummation, will result in its or their acquisition of, control
         over, Voting Stock of the Borrower (or other securities convertible
         into such Voting Stock) representing 15% or more of the combined
         voting power of all Voting Stock of the Borrower. As used herein,
         "beneficial ownership" shall have the meaning provided in Rule 13d-3
         of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934.

                  "Closing Date" means the date hereof.

                  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
         and any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the rules and
         regulations issued thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to
         time. References to sections of the Code shall be construed also to
         refer to any successor sections.

                  "Collateral" means all collateral referred to in and covered
         by the Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Assignment of General
         Partnership Interest and the Collateral Assignment of Limited
         Partnership Interest.

                  "Collateral Assignment of General Partnership Interest" means
         the Collateral Assignment and Pledge of General Partnership Interest
         dated as of the date hereof entered into by Staff Acquisition in favor
         of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders (and affiliates of Lenders
         as to certain obligations under Hedging Agreements) as amended and
         modified.

                  "Collateral Assignment of Limited Partnership Interest" means
         (i) the Collateral Assignment and Pledge of Limited Partnership
         Interest dated as of the date hereof entered into by the Borrower in
         favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders (and affiliates of
         Lenders as to certain obligations under Hedging Agreements), as
         amended and modified, and (ii) the Collateral Assignment and Pledge of
         Limited Partnership Interest dated as of the date hereof entered into
         by Staff Capital in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders
         (and affiliates of Lenders as to certain obligations under Hedging
         Agreements), as amended or modified.


                                       5
<PAGE>   11


                  "Commitment" means the Revolving Commitment.

                  "Commitment Period" means the period from and including the
         Closing Date to but not including the earlier of (i) the Maturity
         Date, or (ii) the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate in
         accordance with the provisions of this Credit Agreement.

                  "Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any
         provision of any security issued by such Person or of any material
         agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Person is a party
         or by which it or any of its property is bound.

                  "Credit Documents" means a collective reference to this
         Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Pledge Agreement, the Collateral
         Assignment of General Partnership Interest, the Collateral Assignment
         of Limited Partnership Interest and all other related agreements and
         documents issued or delivered hereunder or thereunder or pursuant
         hereto or thereto.

                  "Credit Party" means any of the Borrower and the Guarantors.

                  "Current Maturities Ratio" means, as of the end of each
         fiscal quarter of the Borrower for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
         on a consolidated basis for the four consecutive quarters ending on
         such date, the ratio of (a) the sum of EBITDA for such period less
         Interest Expense for such period less any Federal, state or other
         domestic and foreign income taxes for such period to (b) Scheduled
         Funded Debt Payments for such period.

                  "Default" means any event, act or condition which with notice
         or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

                  "Defaulting Lender" means, at any time, any Lender that, at
         such time, (i) has failed to make an Extension of Credit required
         pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement, (ii) has failed to pay
         to the Agent or any Lender an amount owed by such Lender pursuant to
         the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other of the Credit
         Documents, or (iii) has been deemed insolvent or has become subject to
         a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or to a receiver, trustee or
         similar proceeding.

                  "Dollars" and "$" means dollars in lawful currency of the
         United States of America.

                  "Domestic Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any
         Subsidiary of such Person which is incorporated or organized under the
         laws of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

                  "EBITDA" means, for any period with respect to the Borrower
         and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) Net
         Income for such period (excluding the effect of any extraordinary or
         other non-recurring gains or losses outside of the


                                       6
<PAGE>   12



         ordinary course of business) plus (b) an amount which, in the
         determination of Net Income for such period, has been deducted for (i)
         Interest Expense for such period, (ii) Federal, state or other
         domestic and foreign income taxes for such period and (iii)
         depreciation expense and amortization expense for such period, in each
         case determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.
         Except as expressly provided otherwise, the applicable period shall be
         for the four consecutive quarters ending as of the date of
         determination.

                  "Environmental Laws" means any and all lawful and applicable
         Federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, regulations,
         ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions,
         grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or other governmental
         restrictions relating to the environment or to emissions, discharges,
         releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants,
         chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes into
         the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, surface
         water, ground water, or land, or otherwise relating to the
         manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage,
         disposal, transport, or handling of pollutants, contaminants,
         chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes.

                  "Equity Issuance" means any issuance by any Credit Party to
         any Person which is not a Credit Party of (a) shares of its capital
         stock, (b) any shares of its capital stock pursuant to the exercise of
         options or warrants or (c) any shares of its capital stock pursuant to
         the conversion of any debt securities to equity.

                  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
         1974, as amended, and any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by
         the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same may be in effect
         from time to time. References to sections of ERISA shall be construed
         also to refer to any successor sections.

                  "ERISA Affiliate" means an entity which is under common
         control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of
         ERISA, or is a member of a group which includes the Borrower and which
         is treated as a single employer under Sections 414(b) or (c) of the
         Code.

                  "ERISA Event" means (i) with respect to any Plan, the
         occurrence of a Reportable Event or the substantial cessation of
         operations (within the meaning of Section 4062(e) of ERISA); (ii) the
         withdrawal by the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any
         ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year in
         which it was a substantial employer (as such term is defined in
         Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA), or the termination of a Multiple
         Employer Plan; (iii) the distribution of a notice of intent to
         terminate or the actual termination of a Plan pursuant to Section
         4041(a)(2) or 4041A of ERISA; (iv) the institution of proceedings to
         terminate or the actual termination of a Plan by the PBGC under
         Section 4042 of ERISA; (v) any event or condition which could
         reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of
         ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to
         administer, any Plan; (vi) the complete or partial withdrawal of the
         Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any ERISA 


                                       7
<PAGE>   13



         Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan; (vii) the conditions for
         imposition of a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA exist with respect
         to any Plan; or (viii) the adoption of an amendment to any Plan
         requiring the provision of security to such Plan pursuant to Section
         307 of ERISA.

                  "Eurodollar Loan" means any Loan bearing interest at a rate
         determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate.

                  "Eurodollar Rate" means, for the Interest Period for each
         Eurodollar Loan comprising part of the same borrowing (including
         conversions, extensions and renewals), a per annum interest rate
         determined pursuant to the following formula:

                   Eurodollar Rate  =      Interbank Offered Rate
                                      ---------------------------------
                                      1 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

                  "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day, that
         percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect from time to
         time under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal
         Reserve System (or any successor), as such regulation may be amended
         from time to time or any successor regulation, as the maximum reserve
         requirement (including, without limitation, any basic, supplemental,
         emergency, special, or marginal reserves) applicable with respect to
         Eurocurrency liabilities as that term is defined in Regulation D (or
         against any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by
         reference to which the interest rate of Eurodollar Loans is
         determined), whether or not a Lender has any Eurocurrency liabilities
         subject to such reserve requirement at that time. Eurodollar Loans
         shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and as such
         shall be deemed subject to reserve requirements without benefits of
         credits for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available
         from time to time to a Lender. The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted
         automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the
         Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

                  "Event of Default" means such term as defined in Section 9.1.

                  "Extension of Credit" means, as to any Lender, the making of,
         or participation in, a Loan by such Lender.

                  "Fees" means all fees payable pursuant to Section 3.4.

                  "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate of interest
         per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest whole
         multiple of 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on
         overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
         Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as
         published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day
         next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if such day is not a
         Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate
         on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) if no
         such rate is so published on such next preceding Business Day, the
         Federal Funds Rate for 


                                       8
<PAGE>   14




         such day shall be the average rate quoted to the Agent on such day on
         such transactions as determined by the Agent.

                  "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, as of the end of each
         fiscal quarter of the Borrower for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
         on a consolidated basis for the four consecutive quarters ending on
         such date, the ratio of (a) the sum of Net Income for such period plus
         an amount which, in the determination of Net Income for such period,
         has been deducted for (i) Interest Expense for such period and (ii)
         Federal, state or other domestic and foreign income taxes for such
         period plus lease and rent expense for such period to (b) the sum of
         Interest Expense for such period plus lease and rent expense for such
         period, determined in each case in accordance with GAAP applied on a
         consistent basis.

                  "Foreign Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any
         Subsidiary of such Person which is not Domestic Subsidiary of such
         Person.

                  "Funded Debt" means, with respect to any Person, without
         duplication, (i) all Indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money,
         (ii) all purchase money Indebtedness of such Person, including without
         limitation the principal portion of all obligations of such Person
         under Capital Leases, (iii) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person
         with respect to Funded Debt of another Person, (iv) the maximum
         available amount of all standby letters of credit or acceptances
         issued or created for the account of such Person not secured by cash
         or Cash Equivalents, (v) all Funded Debt of another Person secured by
         a Lien on any Property of such Person, whether or not such Funded Debt
         has been assumed, provided that for purposes hereof the amount of such
         Funded Debt shall be limited to the greater of (A) the amount of such
         Funded Debt as to which there is recourse to such Person or (B) the
         fair market value of the property which is subject to the Lien, (vi)
         the principal balance outstanding under any synthetic lease, tax
         retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar
         off-balance sheet financing product to which such Person is a party,
         where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for
         tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance
         with GAAP. The Funded Debt of any Person shall include the Funded Debt
         of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general
         partner or joint venturer, but only to the extent to which there is
         recourse to such Person for the payment of such Funded Debt.

                  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the
         United States applied on a consistent basis and subject to the terms
         of Section 1.3 hereof.

                  "Governmental Authority" means any Federal, state, local or
         foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or
         regulatory body.

                  "Guaranteed Obligations" means, as to each Guarantor, without
         duplication, (i) all obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders and
         the Agent, whenever arising, under this Credit Agreement, the Notes or
         the Credit Documents relating to the Loans hereunder (including, but
         not limited to, any interest accruing after the occurrence of a
         Bankruptcy



                                       9
<PAGE>   15


         Event with respect to any Credit Party, regardless of whether such
         interest is an allowed claim under the Bankruptcy Code), and (ii) all
         liabilities and obligations, whenever arising, owing from the Borrower
         to any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, arising under any Hedging
         Agreement relating to the Loans hereunder.

                  "Guarantors" means such term as defined in the first
         paragraph hereof.

                  "Guaranty Obligations" means, with respect to any Person,
         without duplication, any obligations of such Person (other than
         endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable
         instruments for deposit or collection) guaranteeing or intended to
         guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person in any manner, whether
         direct or indirect, and including without limitation any obligation,
         whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such Indebtedness or
         any Property constituting security therefor, (ii) to advance or
         provide funds or other support for the payment or purchase of any such
         Indebtedness or to maintain working capital, solvency or other balance
         sheet condition of such other Person (including without limitation
         keep well agreements, maintenance agreements, comfort letters or
         similar agreements or arrangements) for the benefit of any holder of
         Indebtedness of such other Person, (iii) to lease or purchase
         Property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring
         the holder of such Indebtedness, or (iv) to otherwise assure or hold
         harmless the holder of such Indebtedness against loss in respect
         thereof. The amount of any Guaranty Obligation hereunder shall
         (subject to any limitations set forth therein) be deemed to be an
         amount equal to the outstanding principal amount (or maximum principal
         amount, if larger) of the Indebtedness in respect of which such
         Guaranty Obligation is made.

                  "Health Care Agreement" means that certain agreement between
         Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Florida, Inc./Health Options, Inc. and
         Staff Acquisition.

                  "Hedging Agreements" means any interest rate protection
         agreement or foreign currency exchange agreement between the Borrower
         and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender.

                  "Indebtedness" of any Person means (i) all obligations of
         such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person
         evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, or upon
         which interest payments are customarily made, (iii) all obligations of
         such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements
         relating to Property purchased by such Person (other than customary
         reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers
         entered into in the ordinary course of business), (iv) all obligations
         of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of
         Property or services purchased by such Person (other than trade debt
         incurred in the ordinary course of business and due within six months
         of the incurrence thereof) which would appear as liabilities on a
         balance sheet of such Person, (v) all obligations of such Person under
         take-or-pay or similar arrangements or under commodities agreements,
         (vi) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of
         such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to
         be secured by) any Lien on, or payable out of


                                      10
<PAGE>   16


         the proceeds of production from, Property owned or acquired by such
         Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been
         assumed, (vii) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person, (viii) the
         principal portion of all obligations of such Person under Capital
         Leases, (ix) all obligations of such Person in respect of interest
         rate protection agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements,
         commodity purchase or option agreements or other interest or exchange
         rate or commodity price hedging agreements (including, but not limited
         to, the Hedging Agreements), (x) the maximum amount of all standby
         letters of credit issued or bankers' acceptances facilities created
         for the account of such Person and, without duplication, all drafts
         drawn thereunder (to the extent unreimbursed), (xi) all preferred
         stock issued by such Person and required by the terms thereof to be
         redeemed, or for which mandatory sinking fund payments are due, by a
         fixed date, and (xii) the principal balance outstanding under any
         synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan
         or similar off-balance sheet financing product to which such Person is
         a party, where such transaction is considered borrowed money
         indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease
         in accordance with GAAP. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include
         the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such
         Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, but only to the
         extent to which there is recourse to such Person for payment of such
         Indebtedness.

                  "Interbank Offered Rate" means, for the Interest Period for
         each Eurodollar Loan comprising part of the same borrowing (including
         conversions, extensions and renewals), a per annum interest rate
         (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100
         of 1%) equal to the rate of interest, determined by the Agent on the
         basis of the offered rates for deposits in dollars for a period of
         time corresponding to such Interest Period (and commencing on the
         first day of such Interest Period), appearing on Telerate Page 3750
         (or, if, for any reason, Telerate Page 3750 is not available, the
         Reuters Screen LIBO Page) as of approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time)
         two (2) Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period. As
         used herein, "Telerate Page 3750" means the display designated as page
         3750 by Dow Jones Telerate, Inc. (or such other page as may replace
         such page on that service for the purpose of displaying the British
         Bankers Association London interbank offered rates) and "Reuters
         Screen LIBO Page" means the display designated as page "LIBO" on the
         Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace
         the LIBO page on that service for the purpose of displaying London
         interbank offered rates of major banks).

                  "Interest Expense" means for any period with respect to the
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis all interest
         expense, including the amortization of debt discount and premium and
         the interest component under Capital Leases, in each case determined
         in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. Except as
         expressly provided otherwise, the applicable period shall be for the
         four consecutive quarters ending as of the date of determination.

                  "Interest Payment Date" means (i) as to any Base Rate Loan,
         the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower and the Maturity
         Date and (ii) as to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of each Interest
         Period for such Loan and on the Maturity Date. If an Interest


                                      11
<PAGE>   17


         Payment Date falls on a date which is not a Business Day, such
         Interest Payment Date shall be deemed to be the next succeeding
         Business Day, except that in the case of Eurodollar Loans where the
         next succeeding Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar
         month, then on the next preceding Business Day.

                  "Interest Period" means a period of one, two or three month's
         duration, as the Borrower may elect, commencing in each case, on the
         date of the borrowing (including conversions, extensions and
         renewals); provided, however, (a) if any Interest Period would end on
         a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be
         extended to the next succeeding Business Day (except that in the case
         of Eurodollar Loans where the next succeeding Business Day falls in
         the next succeeding calendar month, then on the next preceding
         Business Day), (b) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity
         Date, and (c) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, where an Interest
         Period begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding
         day in the calendar month in which the Interest Period is to end, such
         Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar
         month.

                  "Investment" means (a) any loan or advance to any Person, (b)
         any purchase or other acquisition of any assets, capital stock,
         warrants, rights, options, obligations or other securities of, or
         equity interest in, any Person, (c) any capital contribution to any
         Person or any other investment in such Person, including, without
         limitation, any Guaranty Obligation incurred for the benefit of such
         Person.

                  "Joinder Agreement" means a joinder agreement substantially
         in the form of Schedule 7.11.

                  "Lenders" means each of the Persons identified as a "Lender"
         on the signature pages hereto, and their successors and assigns.

                  "Leverage Ratio" means, as of the last day of any fiscal
         quarter of the Borrower, with respect to the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the ratio of Funded Debt on such
         day to EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters
         ending as of such day.

                  "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment,
         deposit arrangement, security interest, encumbrance, lien (statutory
         or otherwise), preference, priority or charge of any kind (including
         any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or
         other title retention agreement, any financing or similar statement or
         notice filed under the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in
         effect in the relevant jurisdiction or other similar recording or
         notice statute, and any lease in the nature thereof).

                  "Loan" or "Loans" means the Revolving Loans (or a portion of
         any Revolving Loan bearing interest at the Base Rate or the Eurodollar
         Rate and referred to as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan),
         individually or collectively, as appropriate.


                                      12
<PAGE>   18


                  "Management Group" means collectively, the Chief Executive
         Officer, the President, the Senior Vice President of Benefits and the
         Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower.

                  "Material Adverse Change" means

                         (a) with respect to the Workers' Compensation Policy,
                  the Borrower's failure (prior to the termination of such
                  policy or any replacement policy thereof) to obtain a
                  workers' compensation policy satisfying the following
                  conditions: (i) such policy must be provided by an insurer
                  with an A.M. Best rating of "A" or better, (ii) such policy
                  must have a term of at least one year, (iii) such policy must
                  contain a guaranteed cost provision for the entire term of
                  the policy and (iv) such policy shall not provide for premium
                  payments or potential required premium payments in excess of
                  $3.75 per $100 of payroll;

                         (b) with respect to the Health Care Agreement, the
                  occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Staff
                  Acquisition's failure (prior to the termination of the Health
                  Care Agreement) to renew such Health Care Agreement with Blue
                  Cross and Blue Shield of Florida/Health Options, Inc. for a
                  term of at least one year; (ii) during the calendar year
                  ending December 31, 1998, the annual individual excess
                  liability limit per insured exceeds $3,099.00; (iii) during
                  the calendar year ending December 31, 1999, the annual
                  individual excess liability limit per insured exceeds
                  $3,409.00, (iv) during the calendar year ending December 31,
                  2000, the annual individual excess liability limit per
                  insured exceeds $3,750.00; or (v) the annual individual
                  excess liability limit per insured for any calendar year
                  exceeds the average premium per insured for such year (based
                  on a calculation performed annually following the annual
                  re-enrollment of insureds and final establishment of the
                  annual individual excess liability limit); and

                         (c) with respect to any Other Health Care Agreement,
                  the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Other
                  Health Care Agreement shall have a term less than one year;
                  (ii) during the calendar year ending December 31, 1998, the
                  annual individual excess liability limit per insured is more
                  than 107% of the amount of such liability limit for the
                  previous calendar year; (iii) for any calendar year
                  subsequent to December 31, 1998, the annual individual excess
                  liability per insured is more than 110% of the amount of such
                  liability limit for the previous calendar year; or (iv) the
                  annual individual excess liability limit per insured for any
                  calendar year exceeds the average premium per insured for
                  such year (based on a calculation performed annually
                  following the annual re-enrollment of insureds and final
                  establishment of the annual individual excess liability
                  limit).

                  "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
         (i) the condition (financial or otherwise), operations, business,
         assets, liabilities or prospects of the Borrower and its 


                                      13
<PAGE>   19



         Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of the Borrower and
         its Subsidiaries as a whole to perform any material obligation under
         the Credit Documents to which it is a party or (iii) the rights and
         remedies of the Lenders under the Credit Documents.

                  "Materials of Environmental Concern" means any gasoline or
         petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum
         products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes,
         defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental Laws,
         including, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and
         urea-formaldehyde insulation.

                  "Maturity Date" means December 11, 2000.

                  "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any
         successor or assignee of the business of such company in the business
         of rating securities.

                  "Multiemployer Plan" means a Plan which is a multiemployer
         plan as defined in Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

                  "Multiple Employer Plan" means a Plan which the Borrower, any
         Subsidiary of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one
         employer other than the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or
         any ERISA Affiliate are contributing sponsors.

                  "NationsBank" means NationsBank, N.A. and its successors.

                  "Net Cash Proceeds" means gross cash proceeds (including any
         cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to a promissory
         note, receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) received
         in connection with an Equity Issuance net of actual costs and taxes
         incurred by such Person in connection with and attributable to such
         Equity Issuance.

                  "Net Income" means, for any period, the net income with
         respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
         as determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.

                  "Net Worth" means, as of any date, shareholders' equity or
         net worth of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
         basis.

                  "Non-Excluded Taxes" means such term as is defined in Section
         3.9.

                  "Note" or "Notes" means any Revolving Note, as the context
         may require.

                  "Notice of Borrowing" means a written notice of borrowing in
         substantially the form of Schedule 2.1(b)(i), as required by Section
         2.1(b)(i).


                                      14
<PAGE>   20


                  "Notice of Extension/Conversion" means the written notice of
         extension or conversion in substantially the form of Schedule 3.2, as
         required by Section 3.2.

                  "Operating Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any lease
         (including, without limitation, leases which may be terminated by the
         lessee at any time) of any Property (whether real, personal or mixed)
         which is not a Capital Lease other than any such lease in which that
         Person is the lessor.

                  "Other Health Care Agreement" means any health care agreement
         of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Health Care
         Agreement) which does not contain a guaranteed cost provision
         acceptable to the Required Lenders.

                  "Participation Interest" means the purchase by a Lender of a
         participation in Revolving Loans as provided in Section 3.12.

                  "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
         established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA and any
         successor thereof.

                  "Permitted Acquisition" means an acquisition by the Borrower
         or any Guarantor of all of the capital stock of another Person, or all
         or substantively all of the assets of another Person, provided that
         each of the following conditions are satisfied:

                         (a) the acquisition is consummated pursuant to a
                  negotiated acquisition agreement and involves the purchase of
                  (i) assets related to or used in a business similar to the
                  business of the Credit Parties as of the date hereof or (ii)
                  a business similar to the business of the Credit Parties as
                  of the date hereof;

                         (b) (i) such Person to be acquired or (ii) the Person
                  from whom the related assets are acquired, must have
                  attained, for the most recently ending twelve month period,
                  earnings before any deductions for interest expense, taxes
                  paid, depreciation or amortization for such period greater
                  than $1.00;

                         (c) the purchase price paid (i) for any one
                  acquisition shall not exceed (A) $10,000,000 in cash, assumed
                  indebtedness and seller financing and (B) $20,000,000 in
                  total consideration and (ii) for multiple acquisitions shall
                  not exceed $30,000,000 in total consideration for any twelve
                  month period;

                         (d) after giving effect to the acquisition, the
                  representations and warranties set forth in Section 6 hereof
                  shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as
                  of the date of such acquisition; and

                         (e) no Default or Event of Default exists and is
                  continuing or would result from such acquisition.

                                      15
<PAGE>   21



                  "Permitted Investments" means Investments which are either
         (i) cash and Cash Equivalents, (ii) accounts receivable created,
         acquired or made in the ordinary course of business and payable or
         dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms, (iii)
         Investments consisting of stock, obligations, securities or other
         property received in settlement of accounts receivable (created in the
         ordinary course of business) from defaulting obligors or settlements
         of litigation matters, (iv) Investments existing as of the Closing
         Date and set forth in Schedule 1.1(a), (v) Investments in any Credit
         Party, (vi) advances or loans to employees in the ordinary course of
         business not to exceed $1,750,000 in the aggregate at any time
         outstanding, (vii) Permitted Acquisitions and (viii) the purchases or
         acquisitions of property and equipment in the ordinary course of
         business, except as otherwise limited or prohibited hereunder.

                  "Permitted Liens" means:

                         (i)   Liens in favor of the Agent on behalf of the
                  Lenders;

                         (ii)  Liens (other than Liens created or imposed under
                  ERISA) for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
                  levies not yet due or Liens for taxes being contested in good
                  faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves
                  determined in accordance with GAAP have been established (and
                  as to which the Property subject to any such Lien is not yet
                  subject to foreclosure, sale or loss on account thereof);

                         (iii) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of
                  carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and suppliers
                  and other Liens imposed by law or pursuant to customary
                  reservations or retentions of title arising in the ordinary
                  course of business, provided that such Liens secure only
                  amounts not yet due and payable or, if due and payable, are
                  unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce the
                  same or are being contested in good faith by appropriate
                  proceedings for which adequate reserves determined in
                  accordance with GAAP have been established (and as to which
                  the Property subject to any such Lien is not yet subject to
                  foreclosure, sale or loss on account thereof);

                         (iv)  Liens (other than Liens created or imposed under
                  ERISA) incurred or deposits made by the Borrower and its
                  Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in connection
                  with workers' compensation, health insurance, unemployment
                  insurance and other types of social security, or to secure
                  the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, bids,
                  leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money
                  bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations
                  for the payment of borrowed money);

                         (v)   Liens in connection with attachments or judgments
                  (including judgment or appeal bonds) provided that the
                  judgments secured shall, within 45 days after the entry
                  thereof, have been discharged or execution thereof stayed



                                      16
<PAGE>   22

                  pending appeal, or shall have been discharged within 45 days
                  after the expiration of any such stay;

                         (vi)   easements, rights-of-way, restrictions 
                  (including zoning restrictions), minor defects or 
                  irregularities in title and other similar charges or 
                  encumbrances not, in any material respect, impairing the use 
                  of the encumbered Property for its intended purposes;

                         (vii)  Liens securing purchase money Indebtedness
                  (including Capital Leases) to the extent permitted under
                  Section 8.1(f), provided that any such Lien attaches only to
                  the Property financed and such Lien attaches thereto
                  concurrently with or within 90 days after the acquisition
                  thereof;

                         (viii) leases or subleases granted to others not
                  interfering in any material respect with the business of the
                  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

                         (ix)   any interest of title of a lessor under, and
                  Liens arising from UCC financing statements (or equivalent
                  filings, registrations or agreements in foreign
                  jurisdictions) relating to, leases permitted by this Credit
                  Agreement;

                         (x)    normal and customary rights of setoff upon
                  deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository
                  institutions;

                         (xi)   inchoate Liens arising under ERISA to secure
                  current service pension liabilities as they are incurred
                  under the provisions of any Plan;

                         (xii)  Liens existing as of the Closing Date granted to
                  landlords pursuant to the terms of certain leases providing
                  for the use of office space by the Borrower or any of its
                  Subsidiaries provided that (a) such Liens attach only to the
                  tangible Property located at the applicable office space and
                  (b) such Liens do not attach to any of the Property located
                  at the chief executive office and principal place of business
                  of the Borrower set forth on Schedule 6.18;

                         (xiii) Liens securing Indebtedness to the extent
                  permitted under Section 8.1(d); provided that any such Lien
                  does not attach to or encumber in any way any capital stock
                  or other equity interest of the Borrower or any of its
                  Subsidiaries;

                         (xiv)  Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents securing
                  Indebtedness to the extent permitted under Section 8.1(h);
                  and

                         (xv)   Liens existing as of the Closing Date and set
                  forth on Schedule 1.1(b); provided that no such Lien shall at
                  any time be extended to or cover any Property other than the
                  Property subject thereto on the Closing Date.

                                      17
<PAGE>   23



                  "Person" means any individual, partnership, joint venture,
         firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or
         other enterprise (whether or not incorporated) or any Governmental
         Authority.

                  "Plan" means any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section
         3(3) of ERISA) which is covered by ERISA and with respect to which the
         Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is
         (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section
         4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" within the meaning of
         Section 3(5) of ERISA.

                  "Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement dated as of the
         date hereof entered into by the Borrower in favor of the Agent for the
         benefit of the Lenders (and affiliates of Lenders as to certain
         obligations under Hedging Agreements), as amended and modified.

                  "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest per annum publicly
         announced from time to time by NationsBank, N.A. as its prime rate in
         effect at its principal office in Charlotte, North Carolina, with each
         change in the Prime Rate being effective on the date such change is
         publicly announced as effective (it being understood and agreed that
         the Prime Rate is a reference rate used by NationsBank, N.A. in
         determining interest rates on certain loans and is not intended to be
         the lowest rate of interest charged on any extension of credit by
         NationsBank, N.A. to any debtor).

                  "Property" means any interest in any kind of property or
         asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

                  "Register" shall have the meaning given such term in Section
         11.3(c).

                  "Regulation G, T, U, or X" means Regulation G, T, U or X,
         respectively, of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
         as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion
         thereof.

                  "Release" means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring,
         emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching,
         dumping or disposing into the environment (including the abandonment
         or discarding of barrels, containers and other closed receptacles
         containing any Materials of Environmental Concern).

                  "Reportable Event" means any of the events set forth in
         Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the
         notice requirement has been waived by regulation.

                  "Required Lenders" means, at any time, Lenders which are then
         in compliance with their obligations hereunder (as determined by the
         Agent) and holding in the aggregate at least 51% of (i) the
         Commitments, and (ii) if the Commitments have been terminated, the
         outstanding Loans and Participation Interests.


                                      18
<PAGE>   24


                  "Requirement of Law" means, as to any Person, the certificate
         of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing
         documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or
         determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental
         Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or
         any of its material property is subject.

                  "Responsible Officer" means the President, Chief Executive
         Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President or other duly
         authorized officer.

                  "Revolving Commitment" means, with respect to each Lender,
         the Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any time
         outstanding of up to such Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage of
         the Revolving Committed Amount as such amount may be reduced from time
         to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

                  "Revolving Commitment Percentage" means, for each Lender, the
         percentage identified as its Revolving Commitment Percentage on
         Schedule 1.1(c), as such percentage may be modified in connection with
         any assignment made in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.3.

                  "Revolving Committed Amount" means TWENTY MILLION DOLLARS
         ($20,000,000).

                  "Revolving Loans" shall have the meaning assigned to such
         term in Section 2.1(a).

                  "Revolving Note" or "Revolving Notes" means the promissory
         notes of the Borrower in favor of each of the Lenders evidencing the
         Revolving Loans in substantially the form attached as Schedule 2.1(e),
         individually or collectively, as appropriate, as such promissory notes
         may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced
         from time to time.

                  "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of
         McGraw Hill, Inc., or any successor or assignee of the business of
         such division in the business of rating securities.

                  "Scheduled Funded Debt Payments" means, as of the date of
         determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
         basis, the sum of all scheduled payments of principal on Funded Debt
         for the applicable period ending on the date of determination
         (including the principal component of payments due on Capital Leases
         during the applicable period ending on the date of determination).

                  "Single Employer Plan" means any Plan which is covered by
         Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan or a Multiple
         Employer Plan.


                                      19
<PAGE>   25


                  "Solvent" or "Solvency" means, with respect to any Person as
         of a particular date, that on such date (i) such Person is able to
         realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities,
         contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the
         normal course of business, (ii) such Person does not intend to, and
         does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such
         Person's ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature in their
         ordinary course, (iii) such Person is not engaged in a business or a
         transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a
         transaction, for which such Person's Property would constitute
         unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the
         prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged or
         is to engage, (iv) the fair value of the Property of such Person is
         greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without
         limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person and (v) the present
         fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the
         amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such
         Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured. In computing
         the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that
         such liabilities will be computed at the amount which, in light of all
         the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the
         amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured
         liability.

                  "Staff Acquisition" means Staff Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware
         corporation.

                  "Subordinated Indebtedness" means any unsecured Indebtedness
         incurred by any Credit Party which is subordinated on terms and
         conditions satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

                  "Subsidiary" means, as to any Person, (a) any corporation
         more than 50% of whose stock of any class or classes having by the
         terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the
         directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the
         time, any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might
         have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at
         the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through
         Subsidiaries, and (b) any partnership, association, joint venture or
         other entity in which such Person directly or indirectly through
         Subsidiaries has more than 50% of the voting interests at any time.
         Unless otherwise identified, "Subsidiary" or "Subsidiaries" shall mean
         Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

                  "Total Capitalization" means, at any date of determination
         calculated for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
         basis the sum of (i) Net Worth plus (ii) Funded Debt.

                  "Unused Fee" shall have the meaning given such term in
         Section 3.4(a).

                  "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, capital
         stock issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in
         the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of
         directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person,
         even though the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening
         of such a contingency.


                                      20
<PAGE>   26


                  "Workers' Compensation Policy" means that certain Workers'
         Compensation and Employees Liability policy no. WA1-65D-004110-297
         issued by Liberty Mutual Insurance Company in favor of certain
         Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as amended or modified from time to
         time.

         1.2      COMPUTATION OF TIME PERIODS.

         For purposes of computation of periods of time hereunder, the word
"from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until" each mean "to
but excluding."

         1.3      ACCOUNTING TERMS.

         Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms
used herein shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates
and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to the Lenders
hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent
basis. All calculations made for the purposes of determining compliance with
this Credit Agreement shall (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) be
made by application of GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the most recent
annual or quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1
hereof (or, prior to the delivery of the first financial statements pursuant to
Section 7.1 hereof, consistent with the annual audited financial statements
referenced in Section 6.1); provided, however, if (a) the Borrower shall object
to determining such compliance on such basis at the time of delivery of such
financial statements due to any change in GAAP or the rules promulgated with
respect thereto or (b) the Agent or the Required Lenders shall so object in
writing within 30 days after delivery of such financial statements, then such
calculations shall be made on a basis consistent with the most recent financial
statements delivered by the Borrower to the Lenders as to which no such
objection shall have been made.

                                   SECTION 2
                               CREDIT FACILITIES

         2.1      REVOLVING LOANS.

         (a)      Revolving Commitment. During the Commitment Period, subject to
the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make revolving
credit loans (the "Revolving Loans") to the Borrower from time to time in the
amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Loans
for the purposes hereinafter set forth; provided that (i) with regard to the
Lenders collectively, the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans
outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Revolving Committed Amount and
(ii) with regard to each Lender individually, such Lender's outstanding
Revolving Loans shall not exceed such Lender's Revolving Commitment Percentage
of the Revolving Committed Amount. Revolving Loans may consist of Base Rate
Loans or Eurodollar Loans, or a combination thereof, as the Borrower may
request, and may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions
hereof.


                                      21
<PAGE>   27

         (b)      Revolving Loan Borrowings.

                  (i)  Notice of Borrowing. The Borrower shall request a
         Revolving Loan borrowing by written notice (or telephone notice
         promptly confirmed in writing) to the Agent not later than 11:00 A.M.
         (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the date of the requested
         borrowing in the case of Base Rate Loans, and on the third Business
         Day prior to the date of the requested borrowing in the case of
         Eurodollar Loans. Each such request for borrowing shall be irrevocable
         and shall specify (A) that a Revolving Loan is requested, (B) the date
         of the requested borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (C) the
         aggregate principal amount to be borrowed, and (D) whether the
         borrowing shall be comprised of Base Rate Loans, Eurodollar Loans or a
         combination thereof, and if Eurodollar Loans are requested, the
         Interest Period(s) therefor. If the Borrower shall fail to specify in
         any such Notice of Borrowing (I) an applicable Interest Period in the
         case of a Eurodollar Loan, then such notice shall be deemed to be a
         request for an Interest Period of one month, or (II) the type of
         Revolving Loan requested, then such notice shall be deemed to be a
         request for a Base Rate Loan hereunder. The Agent shall give notice to
         each Lender promptly upon receipt of each Notice of Borrowing pursuant
         to this Section 2.1(b)(i), the contents thereof and each such Lender's
         share of any borrowing to be made pursuant thereto.

                  (ii)  Minimum Amounts. Each Revolving Loan shall be in a
         minimum aggregate principal amount of $500,000, in the case of
         Eurodollar Loans, or $500,000 (or the remaining Revolving Committed
         Amount, if less), in the case of Base Rate Loans, and integral
         multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.

                  (iii) Advances. Each Lender will make its Revolving
         Commitment Percentage of each Revolving Loan borrowing available to
         the Agent for the account of the Borrower as specified in Section
         3.13(a), or in such other manner as the Agent may specify in writing,
         by 1:00 P.M. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the date specified in
         the applicable Notice of Borrowing in Dollars and in funds immediately
         available to the Agent. Such borrowing will then be made available to
         the Borrower by the Agent (i) by crediting the account of the Borrower
         on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made
         available to the Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by
         the Agent or (ii) as directed by the Borrower in writing in the
         aggregate of the amounts made available to the Agent by the Lenders
         and in like funds as received by the Agent.

         (c)      Repayment.  The principal amount of all Revolving Loans shall
 be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

         (d)      Interest.  Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1,

                  (i)   Base Rate Loans. During such periods as Revolving Loans
         shall be comprised in whole or in part of Base Rate Loans, such Base
         Rate Loans shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the Base
         Rate plus the Applicable Percentage;


                                      22
<PAGE>   28

                  (ii)  Eurodollar Loans. During such periods as Revolving Loans
         shall be comprised in whole or in part of Eurodollar Loans, such
         Eurodollar Loans shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the
         Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Percentage.

         Interest on Revolving Loans shall be payable in arrears on each
         applicable Interest Payment Date (or at such other times as may be
         specified herein).

                  (e)   Revolving Notes. The Revolving Loans shall be evidenced
         by a duly executed Revolving Note in favor of each Lender
         substantially in the form of Schedule 2.1(e).

                  (f)   Maximum Number of Eurodollar Loans. The Borrower will be
         limited to a maximum number of ten (10) Eurodollar Loans outstanding
         at any time. For purposes hereof, Eurodollar Loans with separate or
         different Interest Periods will be considered as separate Eurodollar
         Loans even if their Interest Periods expire on the same date.

                                   SECTION 3
                 OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO CREDIT FACILITIES

         3.1      DEFAULT RATE.

         Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance, of an Event of
Default, the principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, interest on the
Loans and any other amounts owing hereunder or under the other Credit Documents
shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a per annum rate 2.5% greater than
the rate which would otherwise be applicable (or if no rate is applicable,
whether in respect of interest, fees or other amounts, then 2.5% greater than
the Base Rate).

         3.2      EXTENSION AND CONVERSION.

         Subject to the terms of Section 5.2, the Borrower shall have the
option, on any Business Day, to extend existing Loans into a subsequent
permissible Interest Period or to convert Loans into Loans of another interest
rate type; provided, however, that (i) except as provided in Section 3.7,
Eurodollar Loans may be converted into Base Rate Loans only on the last day of
the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) Eurodollar Loans may be extended,
and Base Rate Loans may be converted into Eurodollar Loans, only if no Default
or Event of Default is in existence on the date of extension or conversion and
the conditions set forth in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of Section 5.2 have
been satisfied, (iii) Loans extended as, or converted into, Eurodollar Loans
shall be subject to the terms of the definition of "Interest Period" set forth
in Section 1.1 and shall be in such minimum amounts as provided in Section
2.1(b)(ii), and (iv) any request for extension or conversion of a Eurodollar
Loan which shall fail to specify an Interest Period shall be deemed to be a
request for an Interest Period of one month. Each such extension or conversion
shall be effected by the Borrower by giving a Notice of Extension/Conversion
(or telephone notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Agent prior to 11:00
A.M. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the Business Day of, in the case of
the conversion of a Eurodollar Loan into a Base Rate Loan, 


                                      23
<PAGE>   29



and on the third Business Day prior to, in the case of the extension of a
Eurodollar Loan as, or conversion of a Base Rate Loan into, a Eurodollar Loan,
the date of the proposed extension or conversion, specifying the date of the
proposed extension or conversion, the Loans to be so extended or converted, the
types of Loans into which such Loans are to be converted and, if appropriate,
the applicable Interest Periods with respect thereto. Each request for
extension or conversion shall be irrevocable and shall constitute a
representation and warranty by the Borrower of the matters specified in
subsections (a) through (c) of Section 5.2. In the event the Borrower fails to
request extension or conversion of any Eurodollar Loan in accordance with this
Section, or any such conversion or extension is not permitted or required by
this Section, then such Eurodollar Loan shall be automatically converted into a
Base Rate Loan at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto. The Agent
shall give each Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed
extension or conversion affecting any Loan.

         3.3      PREPAYMENTS.

                  (a) Voluntary Prepayments. Loans may be repaid in whole or in
         part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) Eurodollar Loans
         may not be prepaid other than at the end of the Interest Period
         applicable thereto and only then on three (3) Business Days' prior
         written notice to the Agent, (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans
         will be subject to Section 3.10, (iii) Base Rate Loans may be prepaid
         by the Borrower by giving notice to the Agent prior to 11:00 a.m.
         (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the date of the requested
         prepayment, and (iv) each such partial prepayment shall be in a
         minimum principal amount of $500,000, in the case of Eurodollar Loans,
         and $500,000, in the case of Base Rate Loans, and in integral
         multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof. Any such voluntary
         prepayments shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans and then to
         Eurodollar Loans in direct order of their Interest Period maturities.

                  (b) Mandatory Prepayments. If at any time, the aggregate
         principal amount of Revolving Loans shall exceed the Revolving
         Committed Amount, the Borrower shall immediately make payment on the
         Revolving Loans in an amount sufficient to eliminate the deficiency.
         Any such mandatory prepayments shall be applied first to Base Rate
         Loans and then to Eurodollar Loans in direct order of their Interest
         Period maturities. Amounts prepaid hereunder may be reborrowed in
         accordance with the provisions hereof.

         3.4      FEES.

                  (a) Unused Fee. In consideration of the Revolving Committed
         Amount being made available by the Lenders, the Borrower agrees to pay
         to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, an unused fee
         (the "Unused Fee") equal to the Applicable Percentage for the Unused
         Fee then in effect (calculated on the basis of actual number of days
         elapsed in a year of 360 days) on the average daily unused portion of
         the Revolving Committed Amount for the applicable period. The Unused
         Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the 15th day following
         the last day of each calendar quarter for the immediately preceding
         quarter (or portion thereof) beginning with the first such date to
         occur after the Closing Date.


                                      24
<PAGE>   30


                  (b) Exit Fee. In the event the Borrower terminates the
         Revolving Committed Amount on or before June 11, 1999, the Borrower
         agrees to pay to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders,
         an exit fee in the amount of $50,000.

         3.5      CAPITAL ADEQUACY.

         If any Lender has determined, after the date hereof, that the adoption
or the becoming effective of, or any change in, or any change by any
Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof in the interpretation or
administration of, any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital
adequacy, or compliance by such Lender with any request or directive regarding
capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of
reducing the rate of return on such Lender's capital or assets as a consequence
of its commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such
Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, change or
compliance (taking into consideration such Lender's policies with respect to
capital adequacy), then, upon notice from such Lender to the Borrower, the
Borrower shall be obligated to pay to such Lender such additional amount or
amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction. Each determination
by any such Lender of amounts owing under this Section shall, absent manifest
error, be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.

         3.6      INABILITY TO DETERMINE INTEREST RATE.

         If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, the Agent shall have
determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the
Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market,
adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate
for such Interest Period, the Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice
thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If
such notice is given (a) any Eurodollar Loans requested to be made on the first
day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans and (b) any Loans
that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or
continued as Eurodollar Loans shall be converted to or continued as Base Rate
Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Agent, no further Eurodollar
Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right
to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans.

         3.7      ILLEGALITY.

         Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any
change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application
thereof occurring after the Closing Date shall make it unlawful for any Lender
to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Credit Agreement,
(a) such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the
Borrower and the Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such
circumstances no longer exist), (b) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to
make Eurodollar Loans, continue Eurodollar Loans as such and convert a Base
Rate Loan to Eurodollar Loans


                                      25
<PAGE>   31


shall forthwith be canceled and, until such time as it shall no longer be
unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans, such Lender
shall then have a commitment only to make a Base Rate Loan when a Eurodollar
Loan is requested and (c) such Lender's Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar
Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the
respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such
Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion
of a Eurodollar Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then
current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such
Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 3.10.

         3.8      REQUIREMENTS OF LAW.

         If, after the date hereof, the adoption of or any change in any
Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof applicable
to any Lender, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive
(whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other
Governmental Authority, in each case made subsequent to the Closing Date (or,
if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender):

                  (a) shall subject such Lender to any tax of any kind
         whatsoever with respect to any Eurodollar Loans made by it or its
         obligation to make Eurodollar Loans, or change the basis of taxation
         of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for (i)
         Non-Excluded Taxes covered by Section 3.9 (including Non-Excluded
         Taxes imposed solely by reason of any failure of such Lender to comply
         with its obligations under Section 3.9(b)) and (ii) changes in taxes
         measured by or imposed upon the overall net income, or franchise tax
         (imposed in lieu of such net income tax), of such Lender or its
         applicable lending office, branch, or any affiliate thereof));

                  (b) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve,
         special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets
         held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of,
         advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other
         acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender which is not
         otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate
         hereunder; or

                  (c) shall impose on such Lender any other condition
         (excluding any tax of any kind whatsoever);

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender,
by an amount which such Lender deems to be material, of making, converting
into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or to reduce any amount
receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, upon notice to
the Borrower from such Lender, through the Agent, in accordance herewith, the
Borrower shall be obligated to promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any
additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost
or reduced amount receivable, provided that, in any such case, the Borrower may
elect to convert the Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender hereunder to Base
Rate Loans by giving the Agent at least one Business Day's notice of such
election, in which case the Borrower shall promptly pay 


                                      26
<PAGE>   32


to such Lender, upon demand, without duplication, such amounts, if any, as may
be required pursuant to Section 3.10. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim
any additional amounts pursuant to this subsection, it shall provide prompt
notice thereof to the Borrower, through the Agent, certifying (x) that one of
the events described in this paragraph (a) has occurred and describing in
reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the increased cost or
reduced amount resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount
demanded by such Lender and a reasonably detailed explanation of the
calculation thereof. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable
pursuant to this subsection submitted by such Lender, through the Agent, to the
Borrower shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto in the absence
of manifest error. This covenant shall survive for a period of one year the
termination of this Credit Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other
amounts payable hereunder.

         3.9      TAXES.

                  (a) Except as provided below in this subsection, all payments
         made by the Borrower under this Credit Agreement and any Notes shall
         be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or
         on account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes,
         levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings,
         now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by
         any court, or governmental body, agency or other official, excluding
         taxes measured by or imposed upon the overall net income of any Lender
         or its applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof,
         and all franchise taxes, branch taxes, taxes on doing business or
         taxes on the overall capital or net worth of any Lender or its
         applicable lending office, or any branch or affiliate thereof, in each
         case imposed in lieu of net income taxes, imposed: (i) by the
         jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender, applicable lending
         office, branch or affiliate is organized or is located, or in which
         its principal executive office is located, or any nation within which
         such jurisdiction is located or any political subdivision thereof; or
         (ii) by reason of any connection between the jurisdiction imposing
         such tax and such Lender, applicable lending office, branch or
         affiliate other than a connection arising solely from such Lender
         having executed, delivered or performed its obligations, or received
         payment under or enforced, this Credit Agreement or any Notes. If any
         such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees,
         deductions or withholdings ("Non-Excluded Taxes") are required to be
         withheld from any amounts payable to the Agent or any Lender hereunder
         or under any Notes, (A) the amounts so payable to the Agent or such
         Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the
         Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes)
         interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or
         in the amounts specified in this Credit Agreement and any Notes,
         provided, however, that the Borrower shall be entitled to deduct and
         withhold any Non-Excluded Taxes and shall not be required to increase
         any such amounts payable to any Lender that is not organized under the
         laws of the United States of America or a state thereof if such Lender
         fails to comply with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this
         subsection whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the
         Borrower, and (B) as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower
         shall send to the Agent for its own account or for the account of such
         Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official
         receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the
         Borrower fails


                                      27
<PAGE>   33


         to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing
         authority or fails to remit to the Agent the required receipts or
         other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the
         Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties
         that may become payable by the Agent or any Lender as a result of any
         such failure. The agreements in this subsection shall survive the
         termination of this Credit Agreement and the payment of the Loans and
         all other amounts payable hereunder.

                  (b) Each Lender that is not incorporated under the laws of
         the United States of America or a state thereof shall:

                      (X) (i)   on or before the date of any payment by the
                      Borrower under this Credit Agreement or Notes to such
                      Lender, deliver to the Borrower and the Agent (A) two (2)
                      duly completed copies of United States Internal Revenue
                      Service Form 1001 or 4224, or successor applicable form,
                      as the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to
                      receive payments under this Credit Agreement and any
                      Notes without deduction or withholding of any United
                      States federal income taxes and (B) an Internal Revenue
                      Service Form W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable form, as
                      the case may be, certifying that it is entitled to an
                      exemption from United States backup withholding tax;

                          (ii)  deliver to the Borrower and the Agent two (2)
                      further copies of any such form or certification on or
                      before the date that any such form or certification
                      expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of
                      any event requiring a change in the most recent form
                      previously delivered by it to the Borrower; and

                          (iii) obtain such extensions of time for filing and
                      complete such forms or certifications as may reasonably
                      be requested by the Borrower or the Agent; or 

                      (Y) in the case of any such Lender that is not a "bank"
                      within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal
                      Revenue Code, (i) represent to the Borrower (for the
                      benefit of the Borrower and the Agent) that it is not a
                      bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the
                      Internal Revenue Code, (ii) agree to furnish to the
                      Borrower on or before the date of any payment by the
                      Borrower, with a copy to the Agent two (2) accurate and
                      complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue
                      Service Form W-8, or successor applicable form certifying
                      to such Lender's legal entitlement at the date of such
                      certificate to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax
                      under the provisions of Section 881(c) of the Internal
                      Revenue Code with respect to payments to be made under
                      this Credit Agreement and any Notes (and to deliver to the
                      Borrower and the Agent two (2) further copies of such form
                      on or before the date it expires or becomes obsolete and
                      after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in
                      the most recently provided form and, if necessary, obtain
                      any extensions of time reasonably 


                                      28
<PAGE>   34



                      requested by the Borrower or the Agent for filing and
                      completing such forms), and (iii) agree, to the extent
                      legally entitled to do so, upon reasonable request by the
                      Borrower, to provide to the Borrower (for the benefit of
                      the Borrower and the Agent) such other forms as may be
                      reasonably required in order to establish the legal
                      entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from
                      withholding with respect to payments under this Credit
                      Agreement and any Notes;

         unless in any such case any change in treaty, law or regulation has
         occurred after the date such Person becomes a Lender hereunder which
         renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent such Lender
         from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it
         and such Lender so advises the Borrower and the Agent. Each Person
         that shall become a Lender or a participant of a Lender pursuant to
         subsection 11.3 shall, upon the effectiveness of the related transfer,
         be required to provide all of the forms, certifications and statements
         required pursuant to this subsection, provided that in the case of a
         participant of a Lender the obligations of such participant of a
         Lender pursuant to this subsection (b) shall be determined as if the
         participant of a Lender were a Lender except that such participant of
         a Lender shall furnish all such required forms, certifications and
         statements to the Lender from which the related participation shall
         have been purchased.

         3.10     INDEMNITY.

         The Borrower promises to indemnify each Lender and to hold each Lender
harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or incur (other
than through such Lender's gross negligence or willful misconduct) as a
consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion
into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice
requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Credit Agreement,
(b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan after
the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of
this Credit Agreement or (c) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on
a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto.
With respect to Eurodollar Loans, such indemnification may include an amount
equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have
accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued,
for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow,
convert or continue to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in
the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that
would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the
applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Loans provided for herein over
(ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) which
would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on
deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar
market. The covenants of the Borrower set forth in this Section 3.10 shall
survive for a period of one year the termination of this Credit Agreement and
the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

         3.11     PRO RATA TREATMENT.

                  Except to the extent otherwise provided herein:


                                      29
<PAGE>   35

                  (a) Loans. Each Extension of Credit in respect of Revolving
         Loans and payments of principal, interest and fees (including the
         Unused Fee) on or in respect thereof and each reduction in Revolving
         Committed Amount, relating thereto, and each conversion or extension
         of such Revolving Loans, shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders
         in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their
         outstanding Revolving Loans and Participation Interests.

                  (b) Advances. Unless the Agent shall have been notified in
         writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not
         make the amount that would constitute its ratable share of such
         borrowing available to the Agent, the Agent may assume that such
         Lender is making such amount available to the Agent, and the Agent
         may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower
         a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the
         Agent by such Lender within the time period specified therefor
         hereunder, such Lender shall pay to the Agent, on demand, such amount
         with interest thereon at a rate equal to the Federal Funds Rate for
         the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available
         to the Agent. A certificate of the Agent submitted to any Lender with
         respect to any amounts owing under this subsection shall be conclusive
         in the absence of manifest error.

         3.12     SHARING OF PAYMENTS.

         The Lenders agree among themselves that, in the event that any Lender
shall obtain payment in respect of any Loan or any other obligation owing to
such Lender under this Credit Agreement through the exercise of a right of
setoff, banker's lien or counterclaim, or pursuant to a secured claim under
Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest
arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by
any other means, in excess of its pro rata share of such payment as provided
for in this Credit Agreement, such Lender shall promptly purchase from the
other Lenders a participation in such Loans and other obligations in such
amounts, and make such other adjustments from time to time, as shall be
equitable to the end that all Lenders share such payment in accordance with
their respective ratable shares as provided for in this Credit Agreement. The
Lenders further agree among themselves that if payment to a Lender obtained by
such Lender through the exercise of a right of setoff, banker's lien,
counterclaim or other event as aforesaid shall be rescinded or must otherwise
be restored, each Lender which shall have shared the benefit of such payment
shall, by repurchase of a participation theretofore sold, return its share of
that benefit (together with its share of any accrued interest payable with
respect thereto) to each Lender whose payment shall have been rescinded or
otherwise restored. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing such a
participation may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all rights
of payment, including setoff, banker's lien or counterclaim, with respect to
such participation as fully as if such Lender were a holder of such Loan or
other obligation in the amount of such participation. Except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, if any Lender or the Agent shall
fail to remit to the Agent or any other Lender an amount payable by such Lender
or the Agent to the Agent or such other Lender pursuant to this Credit
Agreement on the date when such amount is 

                                      30
<PAGE>   36



due, such payments shall be made together with interest thereon for each date
from the date such amount is due until the date such amount is paid to the
Agent or such other Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.
If under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, any Lender
receives a secured claim in lieu of a setoff to which this Section 3.12
applies, such Lender shall, to the extent practicable, exercise its rights in
respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights of the
Lenders under this Section 3.12 to share in the benefits of any recovery on
such secured claim.

         3.13     PAYMENTS, COMPUTATIONS, ETC.

                  (a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all
         payments hereunder shall be made to the Agent in dollars in
         immediately available funds, without offset, deduction, counterclaim
         or withholding of any kind, at the Agent's office specified in Section
         11.1 not later than 2:00 P.M. (Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the
         date when due. Payments received after such time shall be deemed to
         have been received on the next succeeding Business Day. The Agent may
         (but shall not be obligated to) debit the amount of any such payment
         which is not made by such time to any ordinary deposit account of the
         Borrower maintained with the Agent (with notice to the Borrower). The
         Borrower shall, at the time it makes any payment under this Credit
         Agreement, specify to the Agent the Loans, Fees, interest or other
         amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder to which such payment is to
         be applied (and in the event that it fails so to specify, or if such
         application would be inconsistent with the terms hereof, the Agent
         shall distribute such payment to the Lenders in such manner as the
         Agent may determine to be appropriate in respect of obligations owing
         by the Borrower hereunder, subject to the terms of Section 3.11(a)).
         The Agent will distribute such payments to such Lenders, if such
         payment is received prior to 12:00 Noon (Charlotte, North Carolina
         time) on a Business Day in like funds as received prior to the end of
         such Business Day and otherwise the Agent will distribute such payment
         to such Lenders on the next succeeding Business Day. Whenever any
         payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a
         Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next
         succeeding Business Day (subject to accrual of interest and Fees for
         the period of such extension), except that in the case of Eurodollar
         Loans, if the extension would cause the payment to be made in the next
         following calendar month, then such payment shall instead be made on
         the next preceding Business Day. Except as expressly provided
         otherwise herein, all computations of interest and fees shall be made
         on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days,
         except with respect to computation of interest on Base Rate Loans
         which (unless the Base Rate is determined by reference to the Federal
         Funds Rate) shall be calculated based on a year of 365 or 366 days, as
         appropriate. Interest shall accrue from and include the date of
         borrowing, but exclude the date of payment.

                  (b) Allocation of Payments After Event of Default.
         Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Credit Agreement to the
         contrary, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event
         of Default, all amounts collected or received by the Agent or any
         Lender on account of the Loans or any other amounts outstanding under
         any of the Credit Documents shall be paid over or delivered as
         follows:



                                      31
<PAGE>   37

                      FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket
                  costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable
                  attorneys' fees actually incurred) of the Agent in connection
                  with enforcing the rights of the Lenders under the Credit
                  Documents;

                      SECOND, to payment of any fees owed to the Agent;

                      THIRD, to the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket
                  costs and expenses (including without limitation, reasonable
                  attorneys' fees actually incurred) of each of the Lenders in
                  connection with enforcing its rights under the Credit
                  Documents or otherwise with respect to the Loans owing to
                  such Lender;

                      FOURTH, to the payment of all accrued interest and fees
                  on or in respect of the Loans;

                      FIFTH, to the payment of the outstanding principal amount
                  of the Loans;

                      SIXTH, to all other obligations which shall have become
                  due and payable under the Credit Documents or otherwise and
                  not repaid pursuant to clauses "FIRST" through "FIFTH" above;
                  and

                      SEVENTH, to the payment of the surplus, if any, to
                  whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

         In carrying out the foregoing, (i) amounts received shall be applied
         in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to application
         to the next succeeding category; and (ii) each of the Lenders shall
         receive an amount equal to its pro rata share (based on the proportion
         that the then outstanding Loans held by such Lender bears to the
         aggregate then outstanding Loans) of amounts available to be applied
         pursuant to clauses "THIRD", "FOURTH", "FIFTH" and "SIXTH" above.

         3.14     EVIDENCE OF DEBT.

                  (a) Each Lender shall maintain an account or accounts
         evidencing each Loan made by such Lender to the Borrower from time to
         time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid
         to such Lender from time to time under this Credit Agreement. Each
         Lender will make reasonable efforts to maintain the accuracy of its
         account or accounts and to promptly update its account or accounts
         from time to time, as necessary.

                  (b) The Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section
         11.3(c) hereof, and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register
         and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount,
         type and Interest Period of each such Loan hereunder, (ii) the amount
         of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and
         payable


                                      32
<PAGE>   38


         to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by
         the Agent hereunder from or for the account of the Borrower and each
         Lender's share thereof. The Agent will make reasonable efforts to
         maintain the accuracy of the subaccounts referred to in the preceding
         sentence and to promptly update such subaccounts from time to time, as
         necessary.

                  (c) The entries made in the accounts, Register and
         subaccounts maintained pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 3.14
         (and, if consistent with the entries of the Agent, subsection (a))
         shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the
         obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that
         the failure of any Lender or the Agent to maintain any such account,
         such Register or such subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein,
         shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay
         the Loans made by such Lender in accordance with the terms hereof.

         3.15     REPLACEMENT LENDERS.

         At any time after the payment by the Borrower to any Lender of any
amount pursuant to Section 3.8 or 3.9 that the Borrower reasonably deems
material, the Borrower may, by writing addressed to the Agent and each Lender
that requested the payment of such amount, nominate or propose any bank or
other financial institution that is willing to become the assignee of the
Commitment and other obligations of such Lender (a "Replacement Lender")
pursuant to Section 11.3, and within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt
of such proposal from the Borrower, each such Lender shall execute and deliver
to the Agent an assignment agreement whereby such Lender shall assign its
entire Commitment in favor of the proposed Replacement Lender in accordance
with Section 11.3 unless, prior to the expiration of such period, the Agent
shall have notified the Borrower and such Lender that the proposed Replacement
Lender is not reasonably acceptable to the Agent; provided, that in no event
will (i) any Lender be required to enter into an Assignment Agreement at a
price less than par plus accrued interest and prorated fees and other costs due
hereunder to the effective date thereof, (ii) the Agent or any Lender be
obligated to assist the Borrower in identifying any bank or other financial
institution that is willing to become such a Replacement Lender or (iii) any
such assignment be required if the consummation thereof conflicts with any
Requirement of Law.

                                   SECTION 4
                                    GUARANTY

         4.1      THE GUARANTEE.

         Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantees to each
Lender, to each Affiliate of a Lender that enters into a Hedging Agreement and
to the Agent as hereinafter provided the prompt payment of the Guaranteed
Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory
prepayment, by acceleration, a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise)
strictly in accordance with the terms thereof. The Guarantors hereby further
agree that if any of the Guaranteed Obligations are not paid in full when due
(whether at stated maturity, as 




                                      33
<PAGE>   39

a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as mandatory cash collateralization
or otherwise), the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, promptly pay the
same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations,
the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity,
as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the
terms of such extension or renewal.

         Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in
any other of the Credit Documents or Hedging Agreements, to the extent the
obligations of a Guarantor shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable
for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state
or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the
obligations of such Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount
that is permissible under applicable law (whether federal or state and
including, without limitation, the Bankruptcy Code).

         4.2      LOANS UNCONDITIONAL.

         The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 4.1 hereof are joint
and several, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value,
genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of any of the Credit
Documents or Hedging Agreements, or any other agreement or instrument referred
to therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of
or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever
which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a
surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.2 that the
obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional
under any and all circumstances. Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor
shall have no right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution
against the Borrower or any other Guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations for
amounts paid under this Guaranty until such time as the Lenders (and any
Affiliates of Lenders entering into Hedging Agreements) have been paid in full,
all Commitments under the Credit Agreement have been terminated and no Person
or Governmental Authority shall have any right to request any return or
reimbursement of funds from the Lenders in connection with monies received
under the Credit Documents or Hedging Agreements. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or
impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall remain absolute and
unconditional as described above:

                  (i)  at any time or from time to time, without notice to any
         Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of
         the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or
         compliance shall be waived;

                  (ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of
         any of the Credit Documents, any Hedging Agreement or any other
         agreement or instrument referred to in the Credit Documents or Hedging
         Agreements shall be done or omitted;



                                      34
<PAGE>   40


                  (iii) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall
         be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be
         modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under
         any of the Credit Documents, any Hedging Agreement or any other
         agreement or instrument referred to in the Credit Documents or Hedging
         Agreements shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the
         Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or
         exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

                  (iv)  any Lien granted to, or in favor of, the Agent or any
         Lender or Lenders as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations
         shall fail to attach or be perfected; or

                  (v)   any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be determined to
         be void or voidable (including, without limitation, for the benefit of
         any creditor of any Guarantor) or shall be subordinated to the claims
         of any Person (including, without limitation, any creditor of any
         Guarantor).

With respect to its obligations hereunder, each Guarantor hereby expressly
waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices
whatsoever, and any requirement that the Agent or any Lender exhaust any right,
power or remedy or proceed against any Person under any of the Credit
Documents, any Hedging Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred
to in the Credit Documents or Hedging Agreements, or against any other Person
under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed
Obligations.

         4.3      REINSTATEMENT.

         The obligations of the Guarantors under this Section 4 shall be
automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment
by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is
rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed
Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or
reorganization or otherwise, and each Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify
the Agent and each Lender on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses
(including, without limitation, fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the
Agent or such Lender in connection with such rescission or restoration,
including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim
alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or
similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

         4.4      REMEDIES.

         The Guarantors agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, as
between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Agent and the Lenders, on the
other hand, the Guaranteed Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and
payable as provided in Section 9.2 hereof (and shall be deemed to have become
automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in said Section
9.2) for purposes of Section 4.1 hereof notwithstanding any stay, injunction or
other prohibition preventing such declaration (or preventing the Guaranteed
Obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any other
Person and that,


                                      35
<PAGE>   41


in the event of such declaration (or the Guaranteed Obligations being deemed
to have become automatically due and payable), the Guaranteed Obligations
(whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall forthwith become due
and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of said Section 4.1.

         4.5      RIGHTS OF CONTRIBUTION.

         The Guarantors hereby agree, as among themselves, that if any
Guarantor shall become an Excess Funding Guarantor (as defined below), each
other Guarantor shall, on demand of such Excess Funding Guarantor (but subject
to the succeeding provisions of this Section 4.5), pay to such Excess Funding
Guarantor an amount equal to such Guarantor's Pro Rata Share (as defined below
and determined, for this purpose, without reference to the properties, assets,
liabilities and debts of such Excess Funding Guarantor) of such Excess Payment
(as defined below). The payment obligation of any Guarantor to any Excess
Funding Guarantor under this Section 4.5 shall be subordinate and subject in
right of payment to the prior payment in full of the obligations of such
Guarantor under the other provisions of this Section 4, and such Excess Funding
Guarantor shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect to such excess
until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such obligations. For purposes
hereof, (i) "Excess Funding Guarantor" shall mean, in respect of any
obligations arising under the other provisions of this Section 4 (hereafter,
the "Guarantied Obligations"), a Guarantor that has paid an amount in excess of
its Pro Rata Share of the Guarantied Obligations; (ii) "Excess Payment" shall
mean, in respect of any Guarantied Obligations, the amount paid by an Excess
Funding Guarantor in excess of its Pro Rata Share of such Guarantied
Obligations; and (iii) "Pro Rata Share", for the purposes of this Section 4.5,
shall mean, for any Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the
amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all of its assets
and properties exceeds the amount of all debts and liabilities of such
Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured, and unliquidated
liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder) to (b)
the amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all assets and
other properties of the Borrower and all of the Guarantors exceeds the amount
of all of the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated,
unmatured, and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of the
Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder) of the Borrower and all of the
Guarantors, all as of the Closing Date (if any Guarantor becomes a party hereto
subsequent to the Closing Date, then for the purposes of this Section 4.5 such
subsequent Guarantor shall be deemed to have been a Guarantor as of the Closing
Date and the information pertaining to, and only pertaining to, such Guarantor
as of the date such Guarantor became a Guarantor shall be deemed true as of the
Closing Date).

         4.6      CONTINUING GUARANTEE.

         The guarantee in this Section 4 is a continuing guarantee, and shall
apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising. Each Guarantor further
agrees that until such time as the Lenders (and any Affiliates of Lenders
entering into Hedging Agreements) have been paid in full, all Commitments under
the Credit Agreement have been terminated and no Person or Governmental
Authority shall have any right to request any return or reimbursement of funds
from the Lenders in connection with monies received under the Credit Documents
or Hedging Agreement, no


                                      36
<PAGE>   42


Guarantor shall enforce any rights provided it under any reimbursement or
guaranty agreement between or among such Guarantor and any of the other
Guarantors.

                                   SECTION 5
                                   CONDITIONS

         5.1      CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

         This Credit Agreement shall become effective, and the initial
Extensions of Credit may be made, upon the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent:

                  (a) Execution of Credit Agreement and Credit Documents.
         Receipt of (i) multiple counterparts of this Credit Agreement, (ii) a
         Revolving Note for each Lender, (iii) multiple counterparts of the
         Pledge Agreement, (iv) multiple counterparts of the Collateral
         Assignment of General Partnership Interest and the Collateral
         Assignment of Limited Partnership Interest and UCC financing
         statements relating thereto, if any, executed by a duly authorized
         officer of each party thereto and in each case conforming to the
         requirements of this Credit Agreement.

                  (b) Financial Information. Receipt of financial information
         regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as may be requested by,
         and in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, including without
         limitation, (i) the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower
         and its Subsidiaries for the year ending December 31, 1996, including
         balance sheets and income and cash flow statements, audited by
         nationally recognized independent public accountants reasonably
         satisfactory to the Required Lenders and containing an unqualified
         opinion of such firm that such statements present fairly, in all
         material respects, the consolidated financial position and results of
         operations of the Borrower, and are prepared in conformity with GAAP
         and (ii) the company-prepared consolidated balance sheet of the
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ending September
         30, 1997 and relating consolidated statements of income, retained
         earnings, shareholders' equity and cash flows for such period,
         prepared in conformity with GAAP.

                  (c) Absence of Legal Proceedings. The absence of any action,
         suit, investigation or proceeding pending in any court or before any
         arbitrator or governmental instrumentality which could reasonably be
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower or any of
         its Subsidiaries.

                  (d) Legal Opinions. Receipt of opinions of counsel for the
         Credit Parties relating to the Credit Documents and the transactions
         contemplated herein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent
         and the Required Lenders.

                  (e) Corporate Documents. Receipt of the following for the
         Borrower, Staff Acquisition, Inc. and Staff Insurance:



                                      37
<PAGE>   43


                           (i)   Articles of Incorporation. Copies of the
                  articles of incorporation or charter documents certified to
                  be true and complete as of a recent date by the appropriate
                  governmental authority of the state of its incorporation.

                           (ii)  Resolutions. Copies of resolutions of the Board
                  of Directors approving and adopting the respective Credit
                  Documents, the transactions contemplated therein and
                  authorizing the execution and delivery thereof, certified by
                  a secretary or assistant secretary as of the Closing Date to
                  be true and correct and in force and effect as of such date.

                           (iii) Bylaws. Copies of the bylaws certified by a
                  secretary or assistant secretary as of the Closing Date to be
                  true and correct and in force and effect as of such date.

                           (iv)  Good Standing. Copies, where applicable, of
                  certificates of good standing, existence or its equivalent
                  certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental
                  authorities of the state of incorporation and each other
                  state in which the failure to so qualify and be in good
                  standing would have a material adverse effect on the business
                  or operations in such state.

                           (v)   Incumbency. An incumbency certificate certified
                  by a secretary or assistant secretary to be true and correct
                  as of the Closing Date.

                  (f) Partnership Documents. Receipt of the following for each
         of the Guarantors other than Staff Acquisition, Inc. and Staff
         Insurance:

                           (i)    Partnership Agreement. Copy of the partnership
                  agreement certified to be true and correct and in full force
                  and effect as of the Closing Date.

                           (ii)   Resolutions. Copies of resolutions approving
                  and adopting the respective Credit Documents, the
                  transactions contemplated therein and authorizing the
                  execution and delivery thereof, certified to be true and
                  correct and in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

                           (iii)   Good Standing. Copies, where applicable, of
                  certificates of good standing, existence or its equivalent
                  certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental
                  authorities of the state of formation and each other state in
                  which the failure to so qualify and be in good standing would
                  have a material adverse effect on the business or operations
                  in such state.

                           (iv)    Incumbency. An incumbency certificate 
                  certified by an authorized representative to be true and 
                  correct as of the Closing Date.


                                      38
<PAGE>   44


                  (g) Personal Property Collateral. Receipt of the following in
         form and substance satisfactory to the Agent:

                           (i)  searches of Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC")
                  filings in the jurisdiction of the chief executive office of
                  each Credit Party and each jurisdiction where any Collateral
                  is located or where a filing would need to be made in order
                  to perfect the Lenders' security interest in the Collateral,
                  copies of the financing statements on file in such
                  jurisdictions and evidence that no Liens exist other than
                  Permitted Liens; and

                           (ii) duly executed UCC financing statements for each
                  appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Agent's sole
                  discretion, to perfect the Lenders' security interest in the
                  Collateral.

                  (h) Evidence of Insurance. Receipt by the Agent of copies of
         insurance policies or certificates of insurance of the Borrower
         evidencing liability and casualty insurance meeting the requirements
         set forth in the Credit Documents.

                  (i) Health Care Agreement. The Agent shall have received a
         certified copy of the Health Care Agreement.

                  (j) Material Adverse Effect. There shall not have occurred a
         change since December 31, 1996 that has had or could reasonably be
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (including matters related
         to litigation, tax, accounting, labor, insurance and pension
         liabilities).

                  (k) Officer's Certificate. The Agent shall have received a
         certificate or certificates executed by the chief financial officer of
         the Borrower as of the Closing Date stating that (A) the Borrower and
         each of the Borrower's Subsidiaries are in compliance with all
         existing financial obligations, (B) all governmental, shareholder and
         third party consents and approvals, if any, with respect to the Credit
         Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby have been
         obtained, (C) no action, suit, investigation or proceeding is pending
         or, to the best of his knowledge, threatened in any court or before
         any arbitrator or governmental instrumentality that purports to affect
         any transaction contemplated by the Credit Documents, or could have or
         might be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and
         (D) immediately after giving effect to this Credit Agreement, the
         other Credit Documents and all the transactions contemplated herein or
         therein to occur on such date, (1) the Borrower and each of the
         Borrower's Subsidiaries is Solvent, (2) no Default or Event of Default
         exists, (3) all representations and warranties contained herein and in
         the other Credit Documents are true and correct in all material
         respects, and (4) the Borrower is in compliance with each of the
         financial covenants set forth in Section 7.9.

                  (l) Fees. Payment by the Borrower to the Agent of an upfront
         fee equal to 0.75% of the Revolving Committed Amount.


                                      39
<PAGE>   45


                  (m) Additional Matters. All other documents and legal matters
         in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Credit
         Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to
         the Agent and the Required Lenders.

         5.2      CONDITIONS TO ALL EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.

         The obligation of each Lender to make any Extension of Credit
hereunder (including the initial Extension of Credit to be made hereunder) is
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the date
of making such Extension of Credit:

                  (a) Notice of Borrowing. The Borrower shall have delivered
         (i) in the case of any new Revolving Loan, a Notice of Borrowing, duly
         executed and completed in accordance with the terms hereof and (ii) in
         the case of any extension or conversion of a Loan, a duly executed and
         completed Notice of Extension/Conversion by the time specified in
         Section 3.2.

                  (b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and
         warranties made by the Borrower herein or in any other Credit
         Documents or which are contained in any certificate furnished at any
         time under or in connection herewith shall be true and correct in all
         material respects on and as of the date of such Extension of Credit as
         if made on and as of such date (except for those which expressly
         relate to an earlier date).

                  (c) No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of
         Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after
         giving effect to the Extension of Credit to be made on such date
         unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been waived in
         accordance with this Credit Agreement.

                  (d) No Material Adverse Effect. No circumstances, events or
         conditions shall have occurred since the date of the audited financial
         statements referenced in Section 6.1 which would have a Material
         Adverse Effect.

         Each request for Extension of Credit (including extensions and
conversions) and each acceptance by the Borrower of an Extension of Credit
(including extensions and conversions) shall be deemed to constitute a
representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such Extension of
Credit that the applicable conditions in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of
this subsection have been satisfied.

                                   SECTION 6
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         To induce the Lenders to enter into this Credit Agreement and to make
Extensions of Credit herein provided for, each Credit Party hereby represents
and warrants to the Agent and to each Lender that:


                                      40
<PAGE>   46

         6.1      FINANCIAL CONDITION.

         The financial statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section
5.1(b) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
throughout the periods covered thereby, are complete and correct in all
material respects and present fairly the financial condition and results from
operations of the entities and for the periods specified, subject in the case
of interim company-prepared statements to normal year-end adjustments.

         6.2      NO CHANGES OR RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

                  Since the date of the audited financial statements referenced
in Section 6.1, (a) there has been no circumstance, development or event
relating to or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which has had
or would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b)
except as permitted herein or as identified on Schedule 6.2, (i) no dividends
or other distributions have been declared, paid or made upon the capital stock
or other equity interest in a Credit Party, (ii) no capital stock or other
equity interest in a Credit Party has been redeemed, retired, purchased or
otherwise acquired and (iii) nor has there been any prepayment, redemption,
defeasance or acquisition for value, or refund, refinance or exchange of any
Funded Debt.

         6.3      ORGANIZATION; EXISTENCE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.

         The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is an entity duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the legal or other necessary power
and authority, and the legal right to own and operate its property, to lease
the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is
currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign entity and in good
standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or
operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such
qualification, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so
qualified and in good standing would not, in the aggregate, have a Material
Adverse Effect, and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except
to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate,
be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         6.4      POWER; AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEABLE LOANS.

         Each Credit Party has the legal or other necessary power and
authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Credit
Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary legal action to
authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of the Credit Documents
to which it is a party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to
or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other
Person is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the
execution, delivery or performance of any Credit Documents by any Credit Party
(other than those which have been obtained) or with the validity or
enforceability of any Credit Document against such Credit Party (except such
filings as are necessary in connection with the perfection of the Liens created
by such Credit Documents). 


                                      41
<PAGE>   47


Each Credit Document to which it is a party constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation of each Credit Party enforceable against such Credit Party
in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general
equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or
at law).

         6.5      NO LEGAL BAR.

         The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents, the
borrowings hereunder and the use of the Extensions of Credit will not violate
any Requirement of Law (including, without limitation, Regulation U or
Regulation X) or any Contractual Obligation of any Credit Party or any of its
Subsidiaries (except those as to which waivers or consents have been obtained,
and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on
any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of
Law or Contractual Obligation other than the Liens arising under or
contemplated in connection with the Credit Documents). None of the Credit
Parties nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any
of its Contractual Obligations in any respect which would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         6.6      NO MATERIAL LITIGATION.

         No claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any
arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the best knowledge of
any Credit Party, threatened by or against, the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or against any of their respective properties or revenues which
(a) relate to the Credit Documents or any of the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby, or (b) if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         6.7      NO DEFAULT.

         No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

         6.8      OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTY; LIENS.

         The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and
marketable title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its
material real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in,
all its other material property, and none of such property is subject to any
Lien, except for Permitted Liens.

         6.9      INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

         The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries owns, or has the legal right
to use, all United States trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, technology,
know-how and processes, if any, necessary for each of them to conduct its
business as currently conducted (the "Intellectual Property") except for those
the failure to own or have such legal right to use would not be 


                                      42
<PAGE>   48


reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been
asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any
such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such
Intellectual Property, nor does any Credit Party know of any such claim, and
the use of such Intellectual Property by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any Person, except for such
claims and infringements that in the aggregate, would not be reasonably
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         6.10     NO BURDENSOME RESTRICTIONS.

         No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

         6.11     TAXES.

         The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) has filed or caused to
be filed all United States federal income tax returns and all other material
tax returns which, to the best knowledge of the Credit Parties, are required to
be filed and (b) has paid (i) all taxes shown to be due and payable on said
returns, (ii) all taxes shown to be due and payable on any assessments of which
it has received notice made against it or any of its property and (c) all other
taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any
Governmental Authority (other than any (x) taxes, fees or other charges with
respect to which the failure to pay, in the aggregate, would not have a
Material Adverse Effect or (y) taxes, fees or other charges the amount or
validity of which are currently being contested and with respect to which
reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of such
Person), and no tax Lien has been filed, and, to the best knowledge of the
Credit Parties, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee
or other charge.

         6.12     ERISA

         Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect:

                  (a) During the five-year period prior to the date on which
         this representation is made or deemed made: (i) no ERISA Event has
         occurred, and, to the best knowledge of the Credit Parties, no event
         or condition has occurred or exists as a result of which any ERISA
         Event could reasonably be expected to occur, with respect to any Plan;
         (ii) no "accumulated funding deficiency," as such term is defined in
         Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, whether or not
         waived, has occurred with respect to any Plan; (iii) each Plan has
         been maintained, operated, and funded in compliance with its own terms
         and in material compliance with the provisions of ERISA, the Code, and
         any other applicable federal or state laws; and (iv) no lien in favor
         of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen or is reasonably likely to arise on
         account of any Plan.

                  (b) The actuarial present value of all "benefit liabilities"
         (as defined in Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA), whether or not vested,
         under each Single Employer Plan, as of the last annual valuation date
         prior to the date on which this representation is made or


                                      43
<PAGE>   49


         deemed made (determined, in each case, in accordance with Financial
         Accounting Standards Board Statement 87, utilizing the actuarial
         assumptions used in such Plan's most recent actuarial valuation
         report), did not exceed as of such valuation date the fair market
         value of the assets of such Plan.

                  (c) Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any
         ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or, to the best knowledge of the Credit
         Parties, could be reasonably expected to incur, any withdrawal
         liability under ERISA to any Multiemployer Plan or Multiple Employer
         Plan. Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any ERISA
         Affiliate would become subject to any withdrawal liability under ERISA
         if the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate were
         to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans and Multiple
         Employer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the
         date on which this representation is made or deemed made. Neither the
         Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any ERISA Affiliate has
         received any notification that any Multiemployer Plan is in
         reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA), is
         insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA), or has been
         terminated (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA), and no
         Multiemployer Plan is, to the best knowledge of the Credit Parties,
         reasonably expected to be in reorganization, insolvent, or terminated.

                  (d) No prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section
         406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) or breach of fiduciary
         responsibility has occurred with respect to a Plan which has subjected
         or may subject the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
         Affiliate to any liability under Sections 406, 409, 502(i), or 502(l)
         of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, or under any agreement or other
         instrument pursuant to which the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or
         any ERISA Affiliate has agreed or is required to indemnify any person
         against any such liability.

                  (e) Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor
         any ERISA Affiliates has any material liability with respect to
         "expected post-retirement benefit obligations" within the meaning of
         the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement 106. Each Plan
         which is a welfare plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) to which
         Sections 601-609 of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code apply has been
         administered in compliance in all material respects of such sections.

         6.13     GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS, ETC.

                  (a) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used,
         directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any
         "margin stock" within the meaning of Regulation G, Regulation U, or
         Regulation X. If requested by any Lender or the Agent, the Borrower
         will furnish to the Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing
         effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U-1 referred to
         in said Regulation U. No indebtedness being reduced or retired out of
         the proceeds of the Loans was or will be incurred for the purpose of
         purchasing or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of
         Regulation U or any "margin security" within the meaning of Regulation
         T. None of the 


                                      44
<PAGE>   50


         transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement (including, without
         limitation, the direct or indirect use of the proceeds of the Loans)
         will violate or result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933,
         as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
         regulations issued pursuant thereto, or Regulation G, T, U or X.

                  (b) Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries, is
         subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of
         1935, the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940,
         each as amended. In addition, neither the Borrower, nor any of its
         Subsidiaries, is (i) an "investment company" registered or required to
         be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
         and is not controlled by such a company, or (ii) a "holding company",
         or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", or an "affiliate" of
         a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary" of a "holding company",
         within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935,
         as amended.

                  (c) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained
         all material licenses, permits, franchises or other governmental
         authorizations necessary to the ownership of its respective Property
         and to the conduct of its business.

                  (d) Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries is in
         violation of any applicable statute, regulation or ordinance of the
         United States of America, or of any state, city, town, municipality,
         county or any other jurisdiction, or of any agency thereof (including
         without limitation, environmental laws and regulations), which
         violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
         Effect.

                  (e) The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is current with
         all material reports and documents, if any, required to be filed with
         any state or federal securities commission or similar agency and is in
         full compliance in all material respects with all applicable rules and
         regulations of such commissions.

         6.14     PURPOSE OF EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.

         The Loans will be used solely to finance acquisitions permitted by the
terms of this Credit Agreement.

         6.15     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

         Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect:

                  (a) To the best knowledge of each of the Credit Parties, each
         of the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (the "Properties") and all
         operations at the Properties are in compliance with all applicable
         Environmental Laws, and there is no violation of any Environmental Law
         with respect to the Properties or the businesses operated by the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (the 


                                      45
<PAGE>   51


         "Businesses"), and there are no conditions relating to the Businesses
         or Properties that could give rise to liability under any applicable
         Environmental Laws.

                  (b) To the best knowledge of each of the Credit Parties, none
         of the Properties contains, or has previously contained, any Materials
         of Environmental Concern at, on or under the Properties in amounts or
         concentrations that constitute or constituted a violation of, or could
         give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws.

                  (c) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has
         received any written or verbal notice of, or inquiry from any
         Governmental Authority regarding, any violation, alleged violation,
         non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding
         environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with
         regard to any of the Properties or the Businesses, nor does the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries have knowledge or reason to
         believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened.

                  (d) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been
         transported or disposed of from the Properties, or generated, treated,
         stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties or any
         other location, in each case by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of
         its Subsidiaries in violation of, or in a manner that would be
         reasonably likely to give rise to liability under, any applicable
         Environmental Law.

                  (e) No judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative
         action is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Credit Parties,
         threatened, under any Environmental Law to which the Borrower or any
         of its Subsidiaries is or will be named as a party, nor are there any
         consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative
         orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial
         requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to
         the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Properties or the
         Businesses.

                  (f) To the best knowledge of each of the Credit Parties,
         there has been no release or, threat of release of Materials of
         Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or
         related to the operations (including, without limitation, disposal) of
         the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the
         Properties or otherwise in connection with the Businesses, in
         violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to
         liability under Environmental Laws.

         6.16     FIRST PRIORITY LIEN.

         The Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, holds a first priority lien,
subject to no other Liens, in the Collateral.

         6.17     SUBSIDIARIES.

         Set forth on Schedule 6.17 is a complete and accurate list of all
Subsidiaries of each Credit Party. Information on Schedule 6.17 includes
jurisdiction of incorporation, the number of shares 


                                      46
<PAGE>   52



of each class of capital stock outstanding, the number and percentage of
outstanding shares of each class owned (directly or indirectly) by such Credit
Party; and the number and effect, if exercised, of all outstanding options,
warrants, rights of conversion or purchase and all other similar rights with
respect thereto. The outstanding capital stock of all such Subsidiaries is
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by each such Credit
Party, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens (other than those
arising under or contemplated in connection with the Credit Documents).

         6.18     CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE.

         Each Credit Party's chief executive office and principal place of
business is (and for the prior four months have been) located at the locations
set forth on Schedule 6.18 as such Schedule 6.18 may be updated from time to
time.

                                   SECTION 7
                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

         Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date, and
so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect and until the Commitments have
been terminated, no Loans remain outstanding and all amounts owing hereunder or
in connection herewith have been paid in full, the Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries shall:

         7.1      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

         Furnish, or cause to be furnished, to each of the Lenders:

                  (a) Audited Financial Statements. As soon as available, but
         in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an
         audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal year and the related
         consolidated statements of income, retained earnings, shareholders'
         equity and cash flows for the year, audited by independent certified
         public accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably
         acceptable to the Required Lenders, setting forth in each case in
         comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported without a
         "going concern" or like qualification or exception, or qualification
         indicating that the scope of the audit was inadequate to permit such
         independent certified public accountants to certify such financial
         statements without such qualification.

                  (b) Company-Prepared Financial Statements. As soon as
         available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of
         the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a
         company-prepared consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and related
         company-prepared consolidated statements of income, retained earnings,
         shareholders' equity and cash flows for such period and for the fiscal
         year to date in a format and with detail sufficient to calculate the
         applicable financial covenants setting forth in comparative form the
         consolidated figures for the corresponding


                                      47
<PAGE>   53



         period or periods of the preceding fiscal year or the portion
         of the fiscal year ending with such period, as applicable, in each
         case subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments.

All such financial statements to be complete and correct in all material
respects (subject, in the case of interim statements, to normal recurring
year-end audit adjustments) and to be prepared in reasonable detail and, in the
case of the annual and quarterly financial statements provided in accordance
with subsections (a) and (b) above, in accordance with GAAP applied
consistently throughout the periods reflected therein) and further accompanied
by a description of, and an estimation of the effect on the financial
statements on account of, a change in the application of accounting principles
as provided in Section 1.3.

         7.2      CERTIFICATES; OTHER INFORMATION.

         Furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Agent for distribution to
the Lenders:

                  (a) Accountant's Certificate and Reports. Concurrently with
         the delivery of the financial statements referred to in subsection
         7.1(a) above, a certificate of the independent certified public
         accountants reporting on such financial statements stating that in
         making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of
         any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such
         certificate.

                  (b) Officer's Certificate. Concurrently with the delivery of
         the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b)
         above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer in the form of Schedule
         7.2(b), (i) demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants
         contained in Section 7.9 and (ii) stating that, to the best of such
         Responsible Officer's knowledge and belief, (i) the financial
         statements fairly present in all material respects the financial
         condition of the parties covered by such financial statements, (ii)
         during such period the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have observed or
         performed the covenants and other agreements hereunder and under the
         other Credit Documents relating to them, and satisfied the conditions
         contained in this Credit Agreement to be observed, performed or
         satisfied by them and (iii) such Responsible Officer has obtained no
         knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in
         such certificate.

                  (c) Accountants' Reports. Promptly upon receipt, a copy of
         any final (as distinguished from a preliminary or discussion draft)
         "management letter" or other similar report submitted by independent
         accountants or financial consultants to the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries in connection with any annual, interim or special audit.

                  (d) Public Information. Within thirty days after the same are
         sent, copies of all reports (other than those otherwise provided
         pursuant to subsection 7.1) and other financial information which the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries sends to its public stockholders,
         and within thirty days after the same are filed, copies of all
         financial statements and non-confidential reports which the Borrower
         or any of its Subsidiaries may


                                      48
<PAGE>   54


         make to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any 
         successor or analogous Governmental Authority.

                  (e) Actuarial Reports. Promptly upon receipt, a copy of any
         actuarial report submitted by the Borrower's independent actuarial
         firm to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to healthcare
         plans for any state for which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
         does not have a guaranteed cost healthcare plan.

                  (f) Other Information. Promptly, such additional financial
         and other information as the Agent, at the request of any Lender, may
         from time to time reasonably request.

         7.3      NOTICES.

         Give notice to the Agent (which shall promptly transmit such notice to
each Lender) of:

                  (a) Defaults. Immediately after any Credit Party knows or has
         reason to know thereof, the occurrence of any Default or Event of
         Default.

                  (b) Contractual Loans. Promptly, the initiation of any
         default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which would reasonably be expected
         to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (c) Legal Proceedings. Promptly, any litigation, or any
         investigation or proceeding (including without limitation, any
         environmental proceeding) known to the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries, or any material development in respect thereof,
         affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which, if adversely
         determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
         Effect.

                  (d) ERISA. Promptly, after any Responsible Officer of any
         Credit Party knows or has reason to know of (i) any event or
         condition, including, but not limited to, any Reportable Event, that
         constitutes, or might reasonably lead to, an ERISA Event; (ii) with
         respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the receipt of notice as prescribed
         in ERISA or otherwise of any withdrawal liability assessed against any
         of their ERISA Affiliates, or of a determination that any
         Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or insolvent (both within the
         meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (iii) the failure to make full payment
         on or before the due date (including extensions) thereof of all
         amounts which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
         Affiliate are required to contribute to each Plan pursuant to its
         terms and as required to meet the minimum funding standard set forth
         in ERISA and the Code with respect; or (iv) any change in the funding
         status of any Plan that reasonably could be expected to have a
         Material Adverse Effect; together with a description of any such event
         or condition or a copy of any such notice and a statement by the chief
         financial officer of the Credit Parties briefly setting forth the
         details regarding such event, condition, or notice, and the action, if
         any, which has been or is being taken or is proposed to be taken by
         the Credit Parties with respect thereto. Promptly upon request, the
         Borrower or 


                                      49
<PAGE>   55



         any of its Subsidiaries shall furnish the Agent and the Lenders with
         such additional information concerning any Plan as may be reasonably
         requested, including, but not limited to, copies of each annual
         report/return (Form 5500 series), as well as all schedules and
         attachments thereto required to be filed with the Department of Labor
         and/or the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to ERISA and the Code,
         respectively, for each "plan year" (within the meaning of Section
         3(39) of ERISA).

                  (e) Guarantee Cost Provision. Immediately after the
         cancellation or termination of any guaranteed cost provision contained
         in any healthcare agreement of the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries.

                  (f) Other. Promptly, any other development or event which a
         Responsible Officer determines could reasonably be expected to have a
         Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this subsection shall be accompanied by a statement of
a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to
therein and stating what action the Credit Parties propose to take with respect
thereto.

         7.4      PAYMENT OF LOANS.

         Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before
they become delinquent, as the case may be, in accordance with prudent business
practice (subject, where applicable, to specified grace periods) all material
obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of whatever nature
(including without limitation all taxes, assessments and governmental charges
or levies) and any additional costs that are imposed as a result of any failure
to so pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy such obligations, except when the
amount or validity of such obligations and costs is currently being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves, if applicable, in
conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be.

         7.5      CONDUCT OF BUSINESS AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE.

         (a) Continue to engage in business of the same general type as now
conducted by it on the date hereof, (b) preserve, renew and keep in full force
and effect its legal existence, (c) maintain all material rights, material
privileges, material licenses and material franchises necessary or desirable in
the normal conduct of its business and (d) comply with all Contractual
Obligations and Requirements of Law applicable to it except to the extent that
failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, have a Material
Adverse Effect.

         7.6      MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY; INSURANCE.

         Keep all material property useful and necessary in its business in
reasonably good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted);
maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies casualty,
liability and such other insurance (which may include plans of self-insurance)
with such coverage and deductibles, and in such amounts as may be


                                      50
<PAGE>   56


consistent with prudent business practice and in any event consistent with
normal industry practice (except to any greater extent as may be required by
the terms of any of the other Credit Documents); and furnish to the Agent, upon
written request, full information as to the insurance carried.

         7.7      INSPECTION OF PROPERTY; BOOKS AND RECORDS; DISCUSSIONS.

                  (a) Keep proper books of records and accounts in which full,
         true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements
         of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to
         its businesses and activities; and permit, during regular business
         hours and upon reasonable notice by the Agent, the Agent to visit and
         inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts
         (including photocopies) from any of its books and records at any
         reasonable time, and to discuss the business, operations, properties
         and financial and other condition of the Borrower and any of its
         Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Borrower and any of
         its Subsidiaries and with their independent certified public
         accountants. The cost of the inspection referred to in the preceding
         sentence shall be for the account of the Lenders, unless an Event of
         Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case the cost of such
         inspection shall be for the account of the Credit Parties.

                  (b) In addition to the foregoing subsection (a), permit the
         Agent to have agents or representatives conduct a "field audit" of its
         inventory and accounts, including inspection of the inventory and
         account records and a right to examine and make abstracts (including
         photocopies) from its books and records relating to its inventory and
         accounts on an annual basis, and more frequently after the occurrence
         of an Event of Default. The cost of such "field audits" will be for
         the account of, and will be promptly paid by, the Borrower.

         7.8      ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS.

                  (a) Comply in all material respects with, and take reasonable
         actions to ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants
         and subtenants of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any,
         with, all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and comply in all
         material respects with and maintain, and take reasonable actions to
         ensure that all such tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all
         material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals,
         notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable
         Environmental Laws except to the extent that failure to do so would
         not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                  (b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies,
         sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions
         required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material
         respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental
         Authorities regarding Environmental Laws except to the extent that the
         same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
         the failure to do or the pendency of such proceedings would not
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and


                                      51
<PAGE>   57


                  (c) Defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and the
         Lenders, and their respective employees, agents, officers and
         directors, from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties,
         fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of
         whatever kind or nature known or unknown, contingent or otherwise,
         arising out of, or in any way relating to the violation of,
         noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law
         applicable to the operations of the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries or the Properties, or any orders, requirements or demands
         of Governmental Authorities related thereto, including, without
         limitation, reasonable attorney's and consultant's fees, investigation
         and laboratory fees, response costs, court costs and litigation
         expenses, except to the extent that any of the foregoing arise out of
         the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking
         indemnification therefor. The agreements in this paragraph shall
         survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable
         hereunder, and termination of the Commitments.

         7.9      FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

                  (a) Leverage Ratio. There shall be maintained with respect to
         the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the
         end of each fiscal quarter to occur through the Maturity
         Date, a Leverage Ratio of not greater than 2.5 to 1.0.

                  (b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. There shall be maintained
         with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
         basis as of the end of each fiscal quarter to occur through the
         Maturity Date, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 3.0 to 1.0.

                  (c) Funded Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio. There shall be
         maintained with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
         consolidated basis, as of the end of each fiscal quarter to occur
         through the Maturity Date, a ratio of Funded Debt to Total
         Capitalization no greater than 0.50 to 1.0.

                  (d) Net Worth. At all times Net Worth shall be no less than
         $39,900,000 increased on a cumulative basis by an amount equal to, (i)
         as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, 100% of Net Income for the
         fiscal quarter then ended (without deductions for any losses) plus
         (ii) 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from any Equity Issuance subsequent
         to the Closing Date, minus the amount of any repurchase or redemption
         by the Borrower of shares of its capital stock in accordance with the
         terms of Section 8.6(b)(ii).

                  (e) Current Maturities Ratio. There shall be maintained with
         respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
         as of the end of each fiscal quarter to occur through the
         Maturity Date, a Current Maturities Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0.

         7.10     USE OF PROCEEDS.

         Extensions of Credit will be used solely for the purposes provided in
Section 6.14.



                                      52
<PAGE>   58

         7.11     ADDITIONAL GUARANTIES AND STOCK PLEDGES.

                  (a) Domestic Subsidiaries. At any time any Person becomes a
         Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower will promptly notify
         the Agent thereof and cause such Domestic Subsidiary to become a
         Guarantor hereunder by (i) execution of a Joinder Agreement, (ii)
         delivery of supporting resolutions, incumbency certificates,
         corporation formation and organizational documentation and opinions of
         counsel as the Agent may reasonably request, (iii) delivery of stock
         certificates and a related pledge agreement, pledge joinder agreement
         or collateral assignment of partnership agreement evidencing the
         pledge of 100% of the Voting Stock or partnership interest, as
         applicable, of such Domestic Subsidiary and of 100% of the Voting
         Stock or partnership interest, as applicable, of each of such Person's
         Domestic Subsidiaries and 66% of the Voting Stock or partnership
         interest, as applicable, of each of its Foreign Subsidiaries, together
         in each case with undated stock transfer powers executed in blank and
         (iv) delivery of any UCC financing statements required by the Agent.

                  (b) Foreign Subsidiaries. At any time any Person becomes a
         Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower will promptly notify
         the Agent thereof and cause (i) delivery of supporting resolutions,
         incumbency certificates, corporation formation and organizational
         documentation and opinions of counsel as the Agent may reasonably
         request, (ii) delivery of stock certificates (where required for
         perfection under local law) and a related pledge agreement, pledge
         joinder agreement or collateral assignment of partnership agreement
         evidencing the pledge of 66% of the Voting Stock of such Foreign
         Subsidiary, together in each case with undated stock transfer powers
         executed in blank and (iii) delivery of UCC financing statements or
         equivalent required by the Agent.

         7.12     SUBSIDIARIES.

         The Borrower shall, directly or indirectly, own at all times the
capital stock or partnership interest, as applicable, of each of its
Subsidiaries in the percentage as set forth on Schedule 6.17 (or such greater
percentage as may be hereafter acquired by the Borrower to the extent permitted
hereunder).

         7.12     PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.

         Not, without providing 30 days prior written notice to the Agent and
without filing such amendments to any previously filed financing statements as
the Agent may require, change the location of its chief executive office and
principal place of business from the locations set forth on Schedule 6.18.


                                      53
<PAGE>   59


                                   SECTION 8
                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

         Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date, and
so long as this Credit Agreement is in effect and until the Commitments have
been terminated, no Loans remain outstanding and all amounts owing hereunder or
in connection herewith, have been paid in full, neither the Borrower nor any of
its Subsidiaries shall:

         8.1      INDEBTEDNESS.

         Contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness,
except:

                  (a) Indebtedness arising or existing under this Credit
         Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

                  (b) Indebtedness set forth in Schedule 8.1, and renewals,
         refinancings and extensions thereof on terms and conditions no less
         favorable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as appropriate,
         than such existing Indebtedness;

                  (c) Indebtedness owing by one Credit Party to another
         Credit Party;

                  (d) Indebtedness assumed in connection with a Permitted
         Acquisition (so long as such Indebtedness (i) has been fully disbursed
         by the lender and cannot be reborrowed following repayment and (ii)
         was not incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the
         respective acquisition) and renewals, refinancings and extensions
         thereof on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Borrower or
         any of its Subsidiaries, as appropriate, than the terms and conditions
         of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, all of which
         Indebtedness permitted by this Section 8.1(d), (A) in the case of
         unsecured Indebtedness shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount
         of $5,000,000 at any one time and (B) in the case of secured
         Indebtedness, together with the Indebtedness permitted by Section
         8.1(f), shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000
         at any one time;

                  (e) Subordinated Indebtedness owed to the seller in
         connection with any acquisition permitted by Section 8.5 constituting
         part of the purchase price thereof (so long as no more than
         twenty-five percent (25%) of the principal amount of such Subordinated
         Indebtedness shall be required to be repaid prior to the Maturity
         Date), all of which Subordinated Indebtedness permitted by this
         Section 8.1(e) together with the Indebtedness permitted by Section
         8.1(d) shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000
         at any one time;

                  (f) Indebtedness with respect to Capital Leases, purchase
         money Indebtedness or other unsecured Indebtedness which does not
         exceed together with the secured Indebtedness permitted by Section
         8.1(d), the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 at any time;


                                      54
<PAGE>   60


                  (g) Indebtedness and obligations owing under Hedging
         Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business to manage
         existing or anticipated risks and not for speculative purposes; and

                  (h) (i) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit issued
         by NationsBank and (ii) indebtedness in respect of letters of credit
         issued by financial institutions other than NationsBank to secure
         excess liability obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in
         an aggregate principal amount up to $500,000 at any one time
         outstanding.

         8.2      LIENS.

         Contract, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien with
respect to any of their respective property or assets of any kind (whether real
or personal, tangible or intangible), whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
except for Permitted Liens.

         8.3      NATURE OF BUSINESS.

         Alter the character of their business from that, or substantially
similar to that, conducted as of the Closing Date or engage in any business
other than the business conducted as of the Closing Date.

         8.4      CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR PURCHASE OF ASSETS.

                  (a) Dissolve, liquidate or wind up their affairs or enter
         into any transaction of merger or consolidation; provided, however
         that (i) the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any Subsidiary so
         long as the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation
         and (ii) any Credit Party other than the Borrower may merge or
         consolidate with any other Credit Party.

                  (b) Sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any
         Property (including without limitation pursuant to any sale/leaseback
         transaction) except (a) any Credit Party may sell, transfer or
         otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets to another Credit Party;
         (b) for the sale or other disposition of any property that, in the
         reasonable judgment of the Borrower has become uneconomic, obsolete or
         worn out, and which is sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of
         business; and (c) the sale or other disposition of any property the
         aggregate amount of net proceeds received in respect of which shall
         not exceed $2,000,000 during the term of this Credit Agreement.

                  (c) Purchase or otherwise acquire (in a single transaction or
         a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the
         assets or business of any Person except for Permitted Acquisitions.


                                      55
<PAGE>   61


         8.5      ADVANCES, INVESTMENTS AND LOANS.

         Lend money or extend credit or make advances to any Person, or
purchase or acquire any stock, obligations or securities of, or any other
interest in, or make any capital contribution to, or otherwise make an
Investment in, any Person except for Permitted Investments.

         8.6      RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

         Directly or indirectly, (a) declare or pay any dividends or make any
other distribution upon any shares of its capital stock of any class or other
equity interest other than (i) stock dividends and (ii) dividends by
Subsidiaries of the Borrower to the Borrower or another Credit Party, as
applicable, (b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire or make any
provisions for redemption, acquisition or retirement of any shares of its
capital stock of any class or other equity interest or any warrants, options or
other rights to purchase any such shares or equity interest other than (i)
Permitted Investments and (ii) a repurchase or redemption by the Borrower of
shares of its capital stock owned by employees or former employees of the
Borrower so long as such repurchases or redemptions of capital stock shall not
exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Credit Agreement; or
(c) except with respect to the Loans as permitted hereunder, make any
prepayment, redemption, defeaseance or acquisition for value of (including
without limitation, by way of depositing money or securities with the trustee
with respect thereto before due for the purpose of paying when due), or refund,
refinance or exchange of any Funded Debt.

         8.7      TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

         Except as set forth on Schedule 8.7 and except for (a) loans or
advances to employees in the ordinary course of business (to the extent
permitted by clause (vi) of the definition of "Permitted Investments"), (b) the
performance of the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's obligations under any
employment contract or any other similar arrangement heretofore or hereafter
entered into in the ordinary course of business, (c) the payment of
compensation to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of
business , (d) customary fees or expenses paid to directors in the ordinary
course of business and (e) any repurchase or redemption of capital stock that
is permitted by Section 8.6, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or
series of transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with
any officer, director, shareholder, Subsidiary or Affiliate other than where
such transactions are on terms and conditions substantially as favorable as
would be obtainable in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person
other than an officer, director, shareholder, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

         8.8      FISCAL YEAR.

         Change its fiscal year.


                                      56
<PAGE>   62


         8.9      LIMITATION ON RESTRICTIONS.

         Create or permit to exist any restriction of any kind on the ability
of any Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the
Borrower or any Credit Party, (ii) pay Indebtedness owed to the Borrower, (iii)
make loans or advances to the Borrower or (iv) except for any lease of a
Subsidiary with respect to office space, transfer any of its properties or
assets to the Borrower.

         8.10     SALE LEASEBACKS.

         Directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as
guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease, whether an Operating Lease
or a Capital Lease, of any Property (whether real or personal or mixed),
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (i) which such Person has sold or
transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person other than the
Borrower or (ii) which such Person intends to use for substantially the same
purpose as any other Property which has been sold or is to be sold or
transferred by such Person to any other Person in connection with such lease.

         8.11     NO FURTHER NEGATIVE PLEDGES.

         Except with respect to prohibitions against other encumbrances on
specific Property encumbered to secure payment of particular Indebtedness
(which Indebtedness relates solely to such specific Property, and improvements
and accretions thereto, and is otherwise permitted hereby), enter into, assume
or become subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting the
creation or assumption of any Lien upon its properties or assets, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the grant of any security for such
obligation if security is given for some other obligation.

         8.12     CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.

         Make or incur Capital Expenditures (i) from the Closing Date through
December 31, 1997 of more than $1,000,000, (ii) from January 1, 1998 through
December 31, 1998 of more than $8,000,000 and (ii) in any twelve month period
subsequent to December 31, 1998 of more than $6,000,000.

         8.13     MANAGEMENT.

         Make or permit to occur more than one change in the makeup of the
Management Group as of the Closing Date, except as may be approved in writing
in advance by the Required Lenders; provided, however, in the event of the
death of two or more members of the Management Group, the Borrower shall have a
period of 30 days to replace such deceased members of the Management Group with
individuals satisfactory to the Required Lenders, in their sole discretion,
before the Borrower shall be deemed to have violated this Section 8.13.


                                      57
<PAGE>   63


         8.14     SUBORDINATED DEBT.

         Effect or permit any change in or amendment to any document or
instrument pertaining to the subordination, or terms of payment of any
Subordinated Indebtedness, effect or permit any change in or amendment to any
document or instrument pertaining to the events of default of any Subordinated
Indebtedness if the effect of any such change or amendment is to make such
events of default more restrictive on the applicable Credit Party, or make any
payment of principal of or interest on or in redemption, retirement or
repurchase of any Subordinated Indebtedness, except for (a) the scheduled
payments of interest with respect to the Subordinated Indebtedness and (b) the
principal payments permitted by Section 8.1(e) so long as immediately before
and after giving effect to any of such payments, no Default or Event of Default
exists.

                                   SECTION 9
                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         9.1      EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

         An Event of Default shall exist upon the occurrence of any of the
following specified events (each an "Event of Default"):

                  (a)      Payment.   The Borrower shall

                           (i)  default in the payment when due of any principal
                  of any of the Loans,or

                           (ii) default, and such defaults shall continue for
                  three (3) or more Business Days, in the payment when due of
                  any interest on the Loans, or of any Fees or other amounts
                  owing hereunder, under any of the other Credit Documents or
                  in connection herewith or therewith; or

                  (b) Representations. Any representation, warranty or
         statement of the Borrower or any Subsidiary made or deemed to be made
         herein, in any of the other Credit Documents, or in any statement or
         certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or
         thereto shall prove untrue in any material respect on the date as of
         which it was deemed to have been made; or

                  (c) Covenants.

                           (i)  a default in the due performance or observance
                  of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 7.5
                  (a), 7.5(b), 7.9, 7.10 or 8.1 through 8.14, inclusive,

                           (ii) default in the due performance or observance of
                  any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 7.3(a)
                  or 7.3(e) and such


                                      58
<PAGE>   64


                  default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 5 
                  days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of such 
                  default, or

                           (iii) a default in the due performance or observance
                  by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those
                  referred to in subsections (a), (b), or (c)(i) or (c)(ii) of
                  this Section 9.1) contained in this Credit Agreement and such
                  default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30
                  days after the earlier of a Responsible Officer of the
                  Borrower becoming aware of such default or notice thereof by
                  the Agent; or

                  (d) Other Credit Documents. (i) Any Credit Party shall
         default in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or
         agreement in any of the other Credit Documents (subject to applicable
         grace or cure periods, if any), or (ii) any Credit Document shall fail
         to be in full force and effect or to give the Agent and/or the Lenders
         any material part of the Liens, rights, powers and privileges
         purported to be created thereby; or

                  (e) Bankruptcy, etc. Any Bankruptcy Event shall occur with
         respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or

                  (f) Defaults under Other Agreements.

                           (i)   The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall
                  default in the performance or observance (beyond the
                  applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any) of any
                  obligation or condition of any contract or lease resulting in
                  liability of $250,000 or more in the aggregate for the
                  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or

                           (ii)  With respect to other Indebtedness (other than
                  Indebtedness outstanding under this Credit Agreement) of the
                  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal
                  amount in excess of $250,000, (A) (1) the Borrower or any of
                  its Subsidiaries shall default in any payment (beyond the
                  applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any) with
                  respect to any such Indebtedness, or (2) the occurrence and
                  continuance of a default in the observance or performance
                  relating to such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument
                  or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any
                  other event or condition shall occur or condition exist, the
                  effect of which default or other event or condition is to
                  cause, or permit, the holder or holders of such Indebtedness
                  (or trustee or agent on behalf of such holders) to cause
                  (after the giving of notice or lapse of time if required),
                  any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated
                  maturity; or (B) any such Indebtedness shall be declared due
                  and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a
                  regularly scheduled required prepayment, prior to the stated
                  maturity thereof; or


                                      59
<PAGE>   65


                  (g) Judgments. One or more judgments or decrees shall be
         entered against one or more of the Credit Parties involving a
         liability of $250,000 or more in the aggregate (to the extent not paid
         or fully covered by insurance provided by a carrier who has
         acknowledged coverage and has the ability to perform) and any such
         judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed
         or bonded pending appeal within 45 days from the entry thereof; or

                  (h) ERISA. Any of the following events or conditions, if such
         event or condition could reasonably be expected to have a Material
         Adverse Effect: (1) any "accumulated funding deficiency," as such term
         is defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code,
         whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, or any
         lien shall arise on the assets of the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate in favor of the PBGC or a Plan;
         (2) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Single Employer Plan,
         which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, likely to result in
         the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA; (3) an
         ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Multiemployer Plan or
         Multiple Employer Plan, which is, in the reasonable opinion of the
         Agent, likely to result in (i) the termination of such Plan for
         purposes of Title IV of ERISA, or (ii) the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate incurring any liability in
         connection with a withdrawal from, reorganization of (within the
         meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA), or insolvency of (within the
         meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) such Plan; or (4) any prohibited
         transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section
         4975 of the Code) or breach of fiduciary responsibility shall occur
         which may subject the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
         Affiliate to any liability under Sections 406, 409, 502(i), or 502(l)
         of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, or under any agreement or other
         instrument pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
         or any ERISA Affiliate has agreed or is required to indemnify any
         person against any such liability; or

                  (i) Ownership. There shall occur a Change of Control.

                  (j) Workers Compensation. There shall occur a Material
         Adverse Change to the Workers' Compensation Policy.

                  (k) Health Care. There shall occur a Material Adverse Change
         to the Health Care Agreement.

                  (l) Cafeteria Plan. Any of the following events shall occur:
         (a) the revocation by the Internal Revenue Service of the tax
         qualified status of the Borrower's 401(k) retirement plan and/or (b)
         the Internal Revenue Service determines that the "cafeteria plan" of
         the Borrower does not meet the requirements of Section 125 of the
         Code.

                  (m) Other Health Care. There shall occur a Material Adverse
         Change to any Other Health Care Agreement.


                                      60
<PAGE>   66



         9.2      ACCELERATION; REMEDIES.

         Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, and at any time thereafter
unless and until such Event of Default has been waived in writing by the
Required Lenders (or the Lenders as may be required hereunder), the Agent
shall, upon the request and direction of the Required Lenders, by written
notice to the Borrower take any of the following actions:

                  (i)   Termination of Commitments. Declare the Commitments
         terminated whereupon the Commitments shall be immediately terminated.

                  (ii)  Acceleration. Declare the unpaid principal of and any
         accrued interest in respect of all Loans and any and all other
         indebtedness or obligations of any and every kind owing by the
         Borrower to the Agent and/or any of the Lenders hereunder to be due
         whereupon the same shall be immediately due and payable without
         presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which
         are hereby waived by the Borrower.

                  (iii) Enforcement of Rights. Enforce any and all rights and
         interests created and existing under the Credit Documents and all
         rights of set-off.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section
9.1(e) shall occur, then the Commitments shall automatically terminate and all
Loans, all accrued interest in respect thereof, all accrued and unpaid Fees and
other indebtedness or obligations owing to the Agent and/or any of the Lenders
hereunder automatically shall immediately become due and payable without
presentment, demand, protest or the giving of any notice or other action by the
Agent or the Lenders, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

                                   SECTION 10
                               AGENCY PROVISIONS

         10.1     APPOINTMENT.

         Each Lender hereby designates and appoints NationsBank, N.A. as Agent
(in such capacity, the "Agent") of such Lender to act as specified herein and
the other Credit Documents, and each such Lender hereby authorizes the Agent as
the Agent for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf under the
provisions of this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to
exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated by the
terms hereof and of the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers
as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the
contrary elsewhere herein and in the other Credit Documents, the Agent shall
not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth
herein and therein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no
implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or
liabilities shall be read into this Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit
Documents, or shall otherwise exist against the Agent. The provisions of this
Section are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders and 


                                      61
<PAGE>   67


the Borrower shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of the
provisions hereof. In performing its functions and duties under this Credit
Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the Agent shall act solely as Agent
of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any
obligation or relationship of agency or trust with or for the Borrower or any
of its Affiliates.

         10.2     DELEGATION OF DUTIES.

         The Agent may execute any of its duties hereunder or under the other
Credit Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be
entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.
The Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any
agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

         10.3     EXCULPATORY PROVISIONS.

         The Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents,
attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall not be (i) liable for any action lawfully
taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection
herewith or in connection with any of the other Credit Documents (except for
its or such Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii)
responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements,
representations or warranties made by any of the Credit Parties contained
herein or in any of the other Credit Documents or in any certificate, report,
document, financial statement or other written or oral statement referred to or
provided for in, or received by the Agent under or in connection herewith or in
connection with the other Credit Documents, or enforceability or sufficiency
therefor of any of the other Credit Documents, or for any failure of the
Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Agent shall
not be responsible to any Lender for the effectiveness, genuineness, validity,
enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of this Credit Agreement, or any
of the other Credit Documents or for any representations, warranties, recitals
or statements made herein or therein or made by the Borrower in any written or
oral statement or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports,
certificates or any other documents in connection herewith or therewith
furnished or made by the Agent to the Lenders or by or on behalf of the
Borrower to the Agent or any Lender or be required to ascertain or inquire as
to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions,
covenants or agreements contained herein or therein or as to the use of the
proceeds of the Loans or of the existence or possible existence of any Default
or Event of Default or to inspect the properties, books or records of the
Borrower or its Affiliates.

         10.4     RELIANCE ON COMMUNICATIONS.

         The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in
relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate,
affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype message,
statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine
and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or
Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without
limitation, counsel to the Borrower, independent accountants and other experts
selected by the Agent with reasonable care). The Agent may deem and treat the
Lenders as the owner of their respective interests


                                      62
<PAGE>   68


hereunder for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation
or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agent in accordance with
Section 11.3(b) hereof. The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or
refusing to take any action under this Credit Agreement or under any of the
other Credit Documents unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence
of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be
indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability
and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to
take any such action. The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in
acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder or under any of the other
Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or to
the extent specifically provided in Section 11.6, all the Lenders) and such
request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be
binding upon all the Lenders (including their successors and assigns).

         10.5     NOTICE OF DEFAULT.

         The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Agent has
received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to the Credit Document,
describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a
"notice of default." In the event that the Agent receives such a notice, the
Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. The Agent shall take
such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be
reasonably directed by the Required Lenders.

         10.6     NON-RELIANCE ON AGENT AND OTHER LENDERS.

         Each Lender expressly acknowledges that each of the Agent and its
officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has not
made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Agent or
any affiliate thereof hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of
the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any
representation or warranty by the Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents
to the Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business,
assets, operations, property, financial and other conditions, prospects and
creditworthiness of the Borrower or its Affiliates and made its own decision to
make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Credit Agreement. Each Lender also
represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or
any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals
and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Credit Agreement, and
to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the
business, assets, operations, property, financial and other conditions,
prospects and creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Affiliates. Except for
notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the
Lenders by the Agent hereunder, the Agent shall not have any duty or
responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information
concerning the business, operations, assets, property, financial or other
conditions, prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower or its respective
Affiliates which may come into


                                      63
<PAGE>   69


the possession of the Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees,
agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

         10.7     INDEMNIFICATION.

         The Lenders agree to indemnify the Agent in its capacity as such (to
the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation
of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Commitments
(or if the Commitments have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the
respective principal amounts of outstanding Loans and Participation Interests
of the Lenders), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
of any kind whatsoever which may at any time (including without limitation at
any time following the final payment of all of the obligations of the Borrower
hereunder and under the other Credit Documents) be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted against the Agent in its capacity as such in any way relating to or
arising out of this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any
documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent
under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall
be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
Agent. If any indemnity furnished to the Agent for any purpose shall, in the
opinion of the Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, the Agent may call
for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified
against until such additional indemnity is furnished. The agreements in this
Section shall survive the repayment of the Loans, and other obligations under
the Credit Documents and the termination of the Commitments hereunder.

         10.8     AGENT IN ITS INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.

         The Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from
and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower, its
Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as though the Agent were not the
Agent hereunder. With respect to the Loans made by and all obligations of the
Borrower hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the Agent shall have
the same rights and powers under this Credit Agreement as any Lender and may
exercise the same as though it were not the Agent, and the terms "Lender" and
"Lenders" shall include the Agent in its individual capacity.

         10.9     SUCCESSOR AGENT.

         The Agent may, at any time, resign upon twenty (20) days' written
notice to the Borrower and the Lenders. Upon any such resignation, the Required
Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no successor
Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have
accepted such appointment within 30 days after the notice of resignation, then
the retiring Agent shall select a successor Agent provided such successor is a
Lender hereunder or a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United
States of America or of any State thereof and has a combined capital and
surplus of at least $400,000,000. Upon the acceptance of


                                      64
<PAGE>   70


any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor Agent shall
thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges
and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged
from its duties and obligations as Agent, as appropriate, under this Credit
Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the provisions of this Section 10.9
shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
while it was Agent under this Credit Agreement.

                                   SECTION 11
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         11.1     NOTICES.

         Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other
communications shall have been duly given and shall be effective (i) when
delivered, (ii) when transmitted via telecopy (or other facsimile device) with
receipt confirmed, to the number set out below, (iii) the day following the day
on which the same has been delivered prepaid to a reputable national overnight
air courier service, or (iv) the third Business Day following the day on which
the same is sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, in each case
to the respective parties at the address or telecopy numbers set forth on
Schedule 11.1 or at such other address as such party may specify by written
notice to the other parties hereto.

         11.2     RIGHT OF SET-OFF.

         In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable
law or otherwise, and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default, each Lender is authorized at any time and
from time to time, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any
kind (all of which rights being hereby expressly waived), to set-off and to
appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special) and any other
indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender (including, without
limitation branches, agencies or Affiliates of such Lender wherever located) to
or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against obligations and
liabilities of such Person to such Lender hereunder, under the Notes, the other
Credit Documents or otherwise, irrespective of whether such Lender shall have
made any demand hereunder and although such obligations, liabilities or claims,
or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured, and any such set-off shall be
deemed to have been made immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
even though such charge is made or entered on the books of such Lender
subsequent thereto. Any Person purchasing a participation in the Loans and
Commitments hereunder pursuant to Section 3.12 or Section 11.3(d) may exercise
all rights of set-off with respect to its participation interest as fully as if
such Person were a Lender hereunder.

         11.3     BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.

                  (a) Generally. This Credit Agreement shall be binding upon
         and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective
         successors and assigns of the parties hereto; provided that the
         Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its 


                                      65
<PAGE>   71


         interests without prior written consent of the Lenders; provided
         further that the rights of each Lender to transfer, assign or grant
         participations in its rights and/or obligations hereunder shall be
         limited as set forth in this Section 11.3, provided however that
         nothing herein shall prevent or prohibit any Lender from (i) pledging
         its Loans hereunder to a Federal Reserve Bank in support of borrowings
         made by such Lender from such Federal Reserve Bank, or (ii) granting
         assignments or selling participations in such Lender's Loans and/or
         Commitments hereunder to its parent company and/or to any Affiliate or
         Subsidiary of such Lender.

                  (b) Assignments. Each Lender may assign all or a portion of
         its rights and obligations hereunder, pursuant to an assignment
         agreement substantially in the form of Schedule 11.3(b), to (i) any
         Lender or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of a Lender, or (ii) any other
         commercial bank, financial institution or "accredited investor" (as
         defined in Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange Commission)
         reasonably acceptable to the Agent and, so long as no Default or Event
         of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower; provided that
         (i) any such assignment (other than any assignment to an existing
         Lender) shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 (or, if
         less, the remaining amount of the Commitment being assigned by such
         Lender) of the Commitments and in integral multiples of $1,000,000
         above such amount and (ii) each such assignment shall be of a
         constant, not varying, percentage of all such Lender's rights and
         obligations under this Credit Agreement. Any assignment hereunder
         shall be effective upon delivery to the Agent of written notice of the
         assignment together with a transfer fee of $3,500 payable to the Agent
         for its own account from and after the later of (i) the effective date
         specified in the applicable assignment agreement and (ii) the date of
         recording of such assignment in the Register pursuant to the terms of
         subsection (c) below. The assigning Lender will give prompt notice to
         the Agent and the Borrower of any such assignment. Upon the
         effectiveness of any such assignment (and after notice to, and (to the
         extent required pursuant to the terms hereof), with the consent of,
         the Borrower as provided herein), the assignee shall become a "Lender"
         for all purposes of this Credit Agreement and the other Credit
         Documents and, to the extent of such assignment, the assigning Lender
         shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder to the extent of the
         Loans and Commitment components being assigned. Along such lines the
         Borrower agrees that upon notice of any such assignment and surrender
         of the appropriate Note or Notes, it will promptly provide to the
         assigning Lender and to the assignee separate promissory notes in the
         amount of their respective interests substantially in the form of the
         original Note (but with notation thereon that it is given in
         substitution for and replacement of the original Note or any
         replacement notes thereof). By executing and delivering an assignment
         agreement in accordance with this Section 11.3(b), the assigning
         Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to
         confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as
         follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and
         beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear
         of any adverse claim; (ii) except as set forth in clause (i) above,
         such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes
         no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
         representations made in or in connection with this Credit Agreement,
         any of the other Credit Documents or any other instrument or document
         furnished pursuant hereto or 


                                      66
<PAGE>   72

         thereto, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
         genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Credit Agreement, any of the
         other Credit Documents or any other instrument or document furnished
         pursuant hereto or thereto or the financial condition of the Borrower
         or any of its Affiliates or the performance or observance by the
         Borrower of any of its obligations under this Credit Agreement, any of
         the other Credit Documents or any other instrument or document
         furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (iii) such assignee represents
         and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into such
         assignment agreement; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received
         a copy of this Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and such
         other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make
         its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such assignment
         agreement; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance
         upon the Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender, and based
         on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
         time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not
         taking action under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit
         Documents; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to
         take such action on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this
         Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document as are delegated to the
         Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are
         reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it
         will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which
         by the terms of this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents
         are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

                  (c) Maintenance of Register. The Agent shall maintain at one
         of its offices in Charlotte, North Carolina a copy of each Lender's
         assignment agreement delivered to it in accordance with the terms of
         subsection (b) above and a register for the recordation of the
         identity of the principal amount, type and Interest Period of each
         Loan outstanding hereunder, the names, addresses and the Commitments
         of the Lenders pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the
         "Register"). The Agent will make reasonable efforts to maintain the
         accuracy of the Register and to promptly update the Register from time
         to time, as necessary. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive
         in the absence of manifest error and the Borrower, the Agent and the
         Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register
         pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of
         this Credit Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection
         by the Borrower and each Lender, at any reasonable time and from time
         to time upon reasonable prior notice.

                  (d) Participations. Each Lender may sell, transfer, grant or
         assign participations in all or any part of such Lender's interests
         and obligations hereunder; provided that (i) such selling Lender shall
         remain a "Lender" for all purposes under this Credit Agreement (such
         selling Lender's obligations under the Credit Documents remaining
         unchanged) and the participant shall not constitute a Lender
         hereunder, (ii) no such participant shall have, or be granted, rights
         to approve any amendment or waiver relating to this Credit Agreement
         or the other Credit Documents except to the extent any such amendment
         or waiver would (A) reduce the principal of or rate of interest on or
         Fees in respect of any Loans in 


                                      67
<PAGE>   73

         which the participant is participating or (B) postpone the date fixed
         for any payment of principal (including extension of the Maturity Date
         or the date of any mandatory prepayment), interest or Fees in which
         the participant is participating, and (iii) sub-participations by the
         participant (except to an affiliate, parent company or affiliate of a
         parent company of the participant) shall be prohibited. In the case of
         any such participation, the participant shall not have any rights
         under this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents (the
         participant's rights against the selling Lender in respect of such
         participation to be those set forth in the participation agreement
         with such Lender creating such participation) and all amounts payable
         by the Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had
         not sold such participation, provided, however, that such participant
         shall be entitled to receive additional amounts under Sections 3.7,
         3.8, 3.9 and 3.10 on the same basis as if it were a Lender.

         11.4     NO WAIVER; REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

         No failure or delay on the part of the Agent or any Lender in
exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit
Document and no course of dealing between the Agent or any Lender and the
Borrower shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit
Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights and
remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or
remedies which the Agent or any Lender would otherwise have. No notice to or
demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any other or
further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a
waiver of the rights of the Agent or the Lenders to any other or further action
in any circumstances without notice or demand.

         11.5     PAYMENT OF EXPENSES, ETC.

         The Borrower agrees to: (i) pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses (A) of the Agent in connection with the negotiation, preparation,
execution and delivery and administration of this Credit Agreement and the
other Credit Documents and the documents and instruments referred to therein
(including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of Moore & Van
Allen, PLLC, special counsel to the Agent, subject to the limitation contained
in a separate agreement between the Agent and the Borrower) and any amendment,
waiver or consent relating hereto and thereto including, but not limited to,
any such amendments, waivers or consents resulting from or related to any
work-out, renegotiation or restructure relating to the performance by the
Borrower under this Credit Agreement and (B) after the occurrence of a Default
or Event of Default, of the Agent and the Lenders in connection with
enforcement of the Credit Documents and the documents and instruments referred
to therein (including, without limitation, in connection with any such
enforcement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Agent and
each of the Lenders); (ii) pay and hold each of the Lenders harmless from and
against any and all present and future stamp and other similar taxes with
respect to the foregoing matters and save each of the Lenders harmless from and
against any and all liabilities


                                      68
<PAGE>   74

         with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission (other than to
         the extent attributable to such Lender) to pay such taxes; and (iii)
         indemnify each Lender, its officers, directors, employees,
         representatives and Agents from and hold each of them harmless against
         any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred
         by any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or in any way
         related to, or by reason of (A) any investigation, litigation or other
         proceeding (whether or not any Lender is a party thereto) related to
         the entering into and/or performance of any Credit Document or the use
         of proceeds of any Loans (including other extensions of credit)
         hereunder or the consummation of any other transactions contemplated
         in any Credit Document, including, without limitation, the reasonable
         fees and disbursements of counsel incurred in connection with any such
         investigation, litigation or other proceeding or (B) the presence or
         Release of any Materials of Environmental Concern at, under or from
         any Property owned, operated or leased by the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries, or the failure by the Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries to comply with any Environmental Law (but excluding, in
         the case of either of clause (A) or (B) above, any such losses,
         liabilities, claims, damages or expenses to the extent incurred by
         reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the
         Person to be indemnified).

         11.6     AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS.

         Neither this Credit Agreement nor any of the other Credit Documents,
nor any of the terms hereof or thereof may be amended, changed, waived,
discharged or terminated unless such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or
termination is in writing entered into by, or approved in writing by, the
Required Lenders and the Borrower, provided, however, that:

                  (a) no such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or
         termination shall, without the consent of each Lender directly
         affected thereby, (i) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of
         interest (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any
         post-default increase in interest rates) on any Loan or fees
         hereunder, (ii) extend (A) the Commitments of the Lenders, or (B) the
         final maturity of any Loan, or any portion thereof, or (iii) reduce
         the principal amount on any Loan;

                  (b) no such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or
         termination shall, without the consent of each Lender affected
         thereby, (i) increase the Commitments of the Lenders over the amount
         thereof in effect (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any
         Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the total
         commitments shall not constitute a change in the terms of any
         Commitment of any Lender), (ii) release all or substantially all of
         the Collateral, (iii) release all or substantially all of the
         Guarantors from the Guaranty Obligations hereunder (iv) amend, modify
         or waive any provision of this Section 11.6 or Section 3.5, 3.9, 3.10,
         3.11, 3.12, 9.1(a), 11.2, 11.3, 11.5 or 11.9, (v) reduce any
         percentage specified in, or otherwise modify, the definition of
         "Required Lenders," or (vi) consent to the assignment or transfer by
         the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under (or in respect
         of) the Credit Documents to which it is a party; and

                  (c) and no provision of Section 10 may be amended without the
         consent of the Agent.


                                      69
<PAGE>   75


         11.7     COUNTERPARTS.

         This Credit Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,
each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of
which shall constitute one and the same instrument. It shall not be necessary
in making proof of this Credit Agreement to produce or account for more than
one such counterpart.

         11.8     HEADINGS.

         The headings of the sections and subsections hereof are provided for
convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of
any provision of this Credit Agreement.

         11.9     SURVIVAL.

         All indemnities set forth herein, including, without limitation, in
Section 3.8 (subject to the limitation set forth in such Section 3.8), Section
3.10 (subject to the limitation set forth in such Section 3.10), Section 10.7
or Section 11.5 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Credit
Agreement, the making of the Loans, the repayment of the Loans and other
obligations under the Credit Documents and the termination of the Revolving
Commitments hereunder, and all representations and warranties made by the
Borrower herein shall survive delivery of the Notes and the making of the Loans
hereunder.

         11.10    GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; VENUE.

                  (a) THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS AND
         THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER
         SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
         THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA. Any legal action or proceeding with
         respect to this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document may be
         brought in the courts of the State of Florida, or of the United States
         located in the State of Florida, and, by execution and delivery of
         this Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby irrevocably accepts for
         itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally,
         the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts. The Borrower further
         irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the
         aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing
         of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to
         it at the address set out for notices pursuant to Section 11.1, such
         service to become effective three (3) Business Days after such
         mailing. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Agent to serve
         process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal
         proceedings or to otherwise proceed against the Borrower in any other
         jurisdiction.


                                      70
<PAGE>   76


                  (b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably waives any objection
         which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of
         the aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection
         with this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document brought in the
         courts referred to in subsection (a) hereof and hereby further
         irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court
         that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been
         brought in an inconvenient forum.

                  (c) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH OF THE AGENT, THE
         LENDERS AND THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL
         BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR
         RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS
         OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

         11.11    SEVERABILITY.

         If any provision of any of the Credit Documents is determined to be
illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be fully severable and
the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall be
construed without giving effect to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provisions.

         11.12    ENTIRETY.

         This Credit Agreement together with the other Credit Documents
represent the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto, and supersede
all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, including any
commitment letters or correspondence relating to the Credit Documents or the
transactions contemplated herein and therein.

         11.13    BINDING EFFECT; TERMINATION.

                  (a) This Credit Agreement shall become effective at such time
         on or after the Closing Date when it shall have been executed by the
         Borrower and the Agent, and the Agent shall have received copies
         hereof (telefaxed or otherwise) which, when taken together, bear the
         signatures of each Lender, and thereafter this Credit Agreement shall
         be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Agent
         and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

                  (b) The term of this Credit Agreement shall be until no Loans
         or any other amounts payable hereunder or under any of the other
         Credit Documents shall remain outstanding and until all of the
         Commitments hereunder shall have expired or been terminated.


                                      71
<PAGE>   77


         11.14    CONFIDENTIALITY.

         The Agent and the Lenders agree to keep confidential (and to cause
their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents and
representatives to keep confidential) all information, materials and documents
furnished to the Agent or any such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower
(whether before or after the Closing Date) which relates to the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries (the "Information"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Agent and each Lender shall be permitted to disclose Information (i) to its
affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives in
connection with its participation in any of the transactions evidenced by this
Credit Agreement or any other Credit Documents or the administration of this
Credit Agreement or any other Credit Documents; (ii) to the extent required by
applicable laws and regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, or
requested by any Governmental Authority; (iii) to the extent such Information
(A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this
Credit Agreement or any agreement entered into pursuant to clause (iv) below,
(B) becomes available to the Agent or such Lender on a non-confidential basis
from a source other than the Borrower or (C) was available to the Agent or such
Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to the Agent or such
Lender by the Borrower; (iv) to any assignee or participant (or prospective
assignee or participant) so long as such assignee or participant (or
prospective assignee or participant) first specifically agrees in a writing
furnished to and for the benefit of the Borrower to be bound by the terms of
this Section 11.14; or (v) to the extent that the Borrower shall have consented
in writing to such disclosure. Nothing set forth in this Section 11.14 shall
obligate the Agent or any Lender to return any materials furnished by the
Borrower.

         11.15    TIME

         All references to time herein shall be references to Eastern Standard
Time or Eastern Daylight Time, as the case may be, unless specified otherwise.

         11.16    CONFLICT.

         To the extent that there is a conflict or inconsistency between any
provision hereof, on the one hand, and any provision of any Credit Document, on
the other hand, this Credit Agreement shall control.

                           [Signature Page to Follow]


                                      72
<PAGE>   78
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a
counterpart of this Credit Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of
the date first above written.

BORROWER:                              STAFF LEASING, INC.,
                                       a Florida corporation

                                       By:
                                          -------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                            -----------------------------------
                                       Title:
                                             ----------------------------------

GUARANTORS:                            STAFF ACQUISITION, INC.,
                                       a Delaware corporation

                                       By:                                     
                                          -------------------------------------
                                       Name:                                   
                                            -----------------------------------
                                       Title:                                  
                                             ----------------------------------
                                       


                                       STAFF INSURANCE, INC., a Florida
                                       corporation


                                       By:                                     
                                          -------------------------------------
                                       Name:                                   
                                            -----------------------------------
                                       Title:                                  
                                             ----------------------------------

                                       STAFF CAPITAL, L.P., a Delaware
                                       limited partnership

                                             By its sole general partner:

                                             Staff Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware
                                             corporation


                                             By:                             
                                                -------------------------------
                                             Name:                          
                                                  -----------------------------
                                             Title:                     
                                                   ----------------------------



                             (Signatures Continue)


<PAGE>   79


                      .                 STAFF LEASING, L.P., a Delaware
                      .                 limited partnership

                   .                          By its sole general partner:

                   .                          Staff Acquisition, Inc.,
                   .                          a Delaware corporation

                                              By:                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                              Name:                            
                                                   -----------------------------
                                              Title:                            
                                                    ----------------------------


                                         STAFF LEASING II, L.P., a Delaware
                                         limited partnership

                                               By its sole general partner:

                                               Staff Acquisition, Inc.,
                                               a Delaware corporation


                                               By:                             
                                                  ------------------------------
                                               Name:                            
                                                    ----------------------------
                                               Title:                          
                                                     ---------------------------



                                         STAFF LEASING III, L.P., a Delaware
                                         limited partnership

                                               By its sole general partner:

                                               Staff Acquisition, Inc.,
                                               a Delaware corporation


                                               By:                             
                                                  ------------------------------
                                               Name:                            
                                                    ----------------------------
                                               Title:                           
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                                            
                             (Signatures Continue)


                                      
<PAGE>   80

                                      STAFF LEASING IV, L.P., a Delaware
                                      limited partnership

                                             By its sole general partner:

                                             Staff Acquisition, Inc.,
                                             a Delaware corporation

                                             By:                               
                                                -------------------------------
                                             Name:                             
                                                  -----------------------------
                                             Title:                            
                                                   ----------------------------
                                             

                                      STAFF LEASING V, L.P., a Delaware
                                      limited partnership

                                             By its sole general partner:

                                             Staff Acquisition, Inc.,
                                             a Delaware corporation

                                             By:                               
                                                -------------------------------
                                             Name:                             
                                                  -----------------------------
                                             Title:                            
                                                   ----------------------------
                                             
                                      STAFF LEASING OF GEORGIA, L.P.,
                                      a Delaware limited partnership

                                             By its sole general partner:

                                             Staff Acquisition, Inc.,
                                             a Delaware corporation

                                             By:                               
                                                -------------------------------
                                             Name:                             
                                                  -----------------------------
                                             Title:                            
                                                   ----------------------------
                                             
                             (Signatures Continue)


                                      
<PAGE>   81


                                      STAFF LEASING OF GEORGIA II, L.P.,
                                      a Delaware limited partnership

                                            By its sole general partner:

                                            Staff Acquisition, Inc.,
                                            a Delaware corporation

                                            By:                               
                                               -------------------------------
                                            Name:                             
                                                 -----------------------------
                                            Title:                            
                                                  ----------------------------
                                            

                                      STAFF LEASING OF GEORGIA III, L.P.,
                                      a Delaware limited partnership

                                            By its sole general partner:
 
                                            Staff Acquisition, Inc.,
                                            a Delaware corporation

                                            By:                               
                                               -------------------------------
                                            Name:                             
                                                 -----------------------------
                                            Title:                            
                                                  ----------------------------
                                            


                                      STAFF LEASING OF TEXAS, L.P.,
                                      a Delaware limited partnership

                                            By its sole general partner:

                                            Staff Acquisition, Inc.,
                                            a Delaware corporation

                                            

                                            By:                               
                                               -------------------------------
                                            Name:                             
                                                 -----------------------------
                                            Title:                            
                                                  ----------------------------


                             (Signatures Continue)


                                      
<PAGE>   82


                                      STAFF LEASING OF TEXAS II, L.P.,
                                      a Delaware limited partnership

                                            By its sole general partner:

                                            Staff Acquisition, Inc.,
                                            a Delaware corporation
                                      

                                            By:                               
                                               -------------------------------
                                            Name:                             
                                                 -----------------------------
                                            Title:                            
                                                  ----------------------------

                                      
LENDERS:                              NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                                      individually in its capacity as a
                                      Lender and in its capacity as Agent

                                      By:                                
                                         ------------------------------- 
                                      Name:                              
                                           ----------------------------- 
                                      Title:                             
                                            ---------------------------- 
                                      

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12

                                LEASE AGREEMENT

    THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is entered into as of this 5th day of December, 1997
by and between Aldina, L.C., a Florida limited liability company, as Trustee of
the Sammi Land Trust under agreement dated April 13, 1995 ("Landlord"),  and
Staff Capital, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, it's successors and
assigns, as Tenant ("Tenant"). Tenant currently leases space from Landlord at
600 301 Boulevard West, Brandenton, Florida, under an Agreement of Lease dated
March 27, 1995 ("Master Lease").

    In consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Landlord agrees to rent to Tenant, commencing upon completion of
     build-out, Suite 100, (3,996 Sq. Ft.) in the same building complex covered
     by the Master Lease. Annual rental for Suite 100, shall be $11.65 per
     square foot. In addition, Tenant shall pay operating expenses in accordance
     with the Master Lease except that those operating expenses shall not exceed
     $2.60 per square foot through December 31, 1999. Landlord to provide Tenant
     finished space, including new carpet and paint. Additionally, Landlord will
     provide lighting and doorways per Tenants specifications. Total Cost not to
     exceed $5.00 per square foot. 

     2. Landlord hereby grants Tenant an option, exercisable by written notice
     to Landlord at any time on or before June 6, 1998, to rent Suite 124 in the
     same building complex. If Tenant exercises this option the annual rental
     and operating expenses for Suite 124 will be on the same basis as provided
     for in the expansion space provision of the master lease or by agreement of
     the parties.

     3. Landlord agrees to rent to tenant Suite 176B containing 7500 square feet
     commencing April 1, 1998 on the terms and conditions contained in paragraph
     24 of the Master Lease.

     4. The term and conditions of the Master Lease between the parties,
     covering the main rental space referred to above, with the exception of
     provisions related to rent, additional rent, and any other financial
     obligations and considerations addressed in this Agreement shall apply to
     Suites 100 and 124 and are hereby incorporated into this Lease Agreement by
     reference.


<PAGE>   2
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Letter Agreement as of
the day first above written.

WITNESSES:                            LANDLORD

/s/ Peggy Gaffey                      ALDINA, L.C., a Florida limited liability
- -------------------                   as Trustee of the Sammi Land Trust under
                                      agreement dated April 13, 1995
/s/ Aimee DeMariano
- -------------------                   By /s/ MARK P. FAMIGLIO
                                        -------------------------------------
- -------------------                      MARK P. FAMIGLIO
                                         It's Managing Member

- -------------------                   TENANT
                                      Staff Capital, L.P., a Delaware Limited
                                      partnership, it's successors and assigns
- -------------------                   By Staff Acquisition, Inc. its general
                                      partner.

- -------------------                   By /s/ JOHN E. PANNING
                                         -------------------------------------
                                         JOHN E. PANNING
- -------------------                      Chief Financial Officer


- -------------------
























<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1



                                  SUBSIDIARIES



Staff Capital, L.P.

Staff Leasing, L.P.

Staff Leasing II, L.P.

Staff Leasing III, L.P.

Staff Leasing IV, L.P.

Staff Leasing V, L.P.

Staff Leasing of Georgia, L.P.

Staff Leasing of Georgia II, L.P.

Staff Leasing of Georgia III, L.P.

Staff Leasing of Texas, L.P.

Staff Leasing of Texas II, L.P.

Staff Insurance, Inc.

Staff Acquisition, Inc.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF STAFF LEASING, INC. FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1997 INCLUDED IN FORM 10-K AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                          21,051
<SECURITIES>                                    19,910
<RECEIVABLES>                                   35,649
<ALLOWANCES>                                       835
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                89,829
<PP&E>                                          24,771
<DEPRECIATION>                                   5,284
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 127,818
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           65,453
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           235
<OTHER-SE>                                      57,913
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   127,818
<SALES>                                      1,851,248
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,851,248
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,757,260
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                67,542
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   820
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               2,138
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 25,561
<INCOME-TAX>                                    (5,222)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    30,783
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.32
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.26
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<RESTATED>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                              12
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   34,396
<ALLOWANCES>                                       440 
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                35,396
<PP&E>                                          19,891
<DEPRECIATION>                                   3,079 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  65,982
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           67,578
<BONDS>                                         14,354
                                0
                                     17,674
<COMMON>                                           192
<OTHER-SE>                                     (35,872)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    65,982
<SALES>                                      1,432,131
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,432,131
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,372,626
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                59,946
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   651
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               3,501
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (3,865)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (3,865)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    (3,865)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     (.29)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     (.29)
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<RESTATED> 
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1997
<CASH>                                           2,241
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   38,262
<ALLOWANCES>                                       440
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                42,710
<PP&E>                                          20,749
<DEPRECIATION>                                   3,690
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  73,278
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           73,873
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                     32,220
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                     (47,176)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    73,278
<SALES>                                        402,455
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               402,455
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  382,560
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                16,471
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   230
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 675
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  2,056
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              2,056
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     2,056
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .10
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .10
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5
<RESTATED> 
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                         DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                            APR-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                              JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                          3,514
<SECURITIES>                                        0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  44,598
<ALLOWANCES>                                      718
<INVENTORY>                                         0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               51,269
<PP&E>                                         21,822
<DEPRECIATION>                                  4,185
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 82,116
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          83,370
<BONDS>                                             0
                               0
                                    15,939
<COMMON>                                          192
<OTHER-SE>                                    (29,475)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   82,116
<SALES>                                       448,075
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              448,075
<CGS>                                               0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                 425,459
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               16,959
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                  230
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                647
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 4,956
<INCOME-TAX>                                        0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                 0
<DISCONTINUED>                                      0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                     0
<CHANGES>                                           0
<NET-INCOME>                                    4,956
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     .22
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     .21
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<RESTATED> 
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JUL-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1997
<CASH>                                          26,318
<SECURITIES>                                     4,949
<RECEIVABLES>                                   49,701
<ALLOWANCES>                                       893
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                90,105
<PP&E>                                          22,868
<DEPRECIATION>                                   4,556
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 120,565
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           78,221
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           235
<OTHER-SE>                                      40,301
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   120,565
<SALES>                                        480,902
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               480,902
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  455,197
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                16,882
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   180
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 237
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  8,587
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              8,587
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     8,587
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .32
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .31
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission